ERC-721
Overview
Max Total Supply
29 pxlrdrs
Holders
12
Market
Volume (24H)
N/A
Min Price (24H)
N/A
Max Price (24H)
N/A
Other Info
Token Contract
Balance
10 pxlrdrsLoading...
Loading
Loading...
Loading
Loading...
Loading
# | Exchange | Pair | Price | 24H Volume | % Volume |
---|
Contract Name:
PixelRiders
Compiler Version
v0.8.18+commit.87f61d96
Contract Source Code (Solidity Standard Json-Input format)
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; // // ██████╗ ██╗██╗ ██╗███████╗██╗ ██████╗ ██╗██████╗ ███████╗██████╗ ███████╗ // ██╔══██╗██║╚██╗██╔╝██╔════╝██║ ██╔══██╗██║██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝ // ██████╔╝██║ ╚███╔╝ █████╗ ██║ ██████╔╝██║██║ ██║█████╗ ██████╔╝███████╗ // ██╔═══╝ ██║ ██╔██╗ ██╔══╝ ██║ ██╔══██╗██║██║ ██║██╔══╝ ██╔══██╗╚════██║ // ██║ ██║██╔╝ ██╗███████╗███████╗ ██║ ██║██║██████╔╝███████╗██║ ██║███████║ // ╚═╝ ╚═╝╚═╝ ╚═╝╚══════╝╚══════╝ ╚═╝ ╚═╝╚═╝╚═════╝ ╚══════╝╚═╝ ╚═╝╚══════╝ // // Pixel Riders - generated with HeyMint.xyz Launchpad - https://nft-launchpad.heymint.xyz // import {StorageSlot} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/StorageSlot.sol"; import {IAddressRelay} from "./interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol"; import {BaseConfig} from "./libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol"; contract PixelRiders { bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc; bytes32 internal constant _ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT = keccak256("heymint.launchpad.addressRelay"); /** * @notice Initializes the child contract with the base implementation address and the configuration settings * @param _name The name of the NFT * @param _symbol The symbol of the NFT * @param _baseConfig Base configuration settings */ constructor( string memory _name, string memory _symbol, address _addressRelay, address _implementation, BaseConfig memory _baseConfig ) { StorageSlot .getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT) .value = _implementation; StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value = _addressRelay; IAddressRelay addressRelay = IAddressRelay( StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value ); address implContract = addressRelay.fallbackImplAddress(); (bool success, ) = implContract.delegatecall( abi.encodeWithSelector(0x35a825b0, _name, _symbol, _baseConfig) ); require(success); } /** * @dev Delegates the current call to nftImplementation * * This function does not return to its internal call site - it will return directly to the external caller. */ fallback() external payable { IAddressRelay addressRelay = IAddressRelay( StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value ); address implContract = addressRelay.getImplAddress(msg.sig); assembly { calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize()) let result := delegatecall( gas(), implContract, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0 ) returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize()) switch result case 0 { revert(0, returndatasize()) } default { return(0, returndatasize()) } } } receive() external payable {} }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol"; import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol"; /** * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to * specific functions. * * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}. * * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to * the owner. */ abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable { address private _owner; event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner); /** * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner. */ function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing { __Ownable_init_unchained(); } function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing { _transferOwnership(_msgSender()); } /** * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner. */ modifier onlyOwner() { _checkOwner(); _; } /** * @dev Returns the address of the current owner. */ function owner() public view virtual returns (address) { return _owner; } /** * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner. */ function _checkOwner() internal view virtual { require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner"); } /** * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner. * * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner, * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner. */ function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner { _transferOwnership(address(0)); } /** * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`). * Can only be called by the current owner. */ function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner { require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address"); _transferOwnership(newOwner); } /** * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`). * Internal function without access restriction. */ function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual { address oldOwner = _owner; _owner = newOwner; emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner); } /** * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain. * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps */ uint256[49] private __gap; }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol"; /** * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard. * * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants. * * _Available since v4.5._ */ interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable { /** * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange. */ function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice) external view returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.1) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.2; import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol"; /** * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect. * * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized. * * For example: * * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding] * ``` * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable { * function initialize() initializer public { * __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK"); * } * } * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable { * function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public { * __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken"); * } * } * ``` * * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}. * * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity. * * [CAUTION] * ==== * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized. * * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed: * * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding] * ``` * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor * constructor() { * _disableInitializers(); * } * ``` * ==== */ abstract contract Initializable { /** * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized. * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool */ uint8 private _initialized; /** * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized. */ bool private _initializing; /** * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized. */ event Initialized(uint8 version); /** * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope, * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts. * * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a * constructor. * * Emits an {Initialized} event. */ modifier initializer() { bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing; require( (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1), "Initializable: contract is already initialized" ); _initialized = 1; if (isTopLevelCall) { _initializing = true; } _; if (isTopLevelCall) { _initializing = false; emit Initialized(1); } } /** * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be * used to initialize parent contracts. * * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that * are added through upgrades and that require initialization. * * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer` * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert. * * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator. * * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization. * * Emits an {Initialized} event. */ modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) { require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized"); _initialized = version; _initializing = true; _; _initializing = false; emit Initialized(version); } /** * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly. */ modifier onlyInitializing() { require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing"); _; } /** * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call. * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called * through proxies. * * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed. */ function _disableInitializers() internal virtual { require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing"); if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) { _initialized = type(uint8).max; emit Initialized(type(uint8).max); } } /** * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}. */ function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) { return _initialized; } /** * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}. */ function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) { return _initializing; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol"; import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol"; /** * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account. * * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place. */ abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable { /** * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`. */ event Paused(address account); /** * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`. */ event Unpaused(address account); bool private _paused; /** * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state. */ function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing { __Pausable_init_unchained(); } function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing { _paused = false; } /** * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused. * * Requirements: * * - The contract must not be paused. */ modifier whenNotPaused() { _requireNotPaused(); _; } /** * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused. * * Requirements: * * - The contract must be paused. */ modifier whenPaused() { _requirePaused(); _; } /** * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise. */ function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) { return _paused; } /** * @dev Throws if the contract is paused. */ function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual { require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused"); } /** * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused. */ function _requirePaused() internal view virtual { require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused"); } /** * @dev Triggers stopped state. * * Requirements: * * - The contract must not be paused. */ function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused { _paused = true; emit Paused(_msgSender()); } /** * @dev Returns to normal state. * * Requirements: * * - The contract must be paused. */ function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused { _paused = false; emit Unpaused(_msgSender()); } /** * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain. * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps */ uint256[49] private __gap; }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol"; /** * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function. * * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested * (reentrant) calls to them. * * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry * points to them. * * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways * to protect against it, check out our blog post * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul]. */ abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable { // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled. // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive, // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect. uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1; uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2; uint256 private _status; function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing { __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained(); } function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing { _status = _NOT_ENTERED; } /** * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly. * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant` * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a * `private` function that does the actual work. */ modifier nonReentrant() { _nonReentrantBefore(); _; _nonReentrantAfter(); } function _nonReentrantBefore() private { // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call"); // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail _status = _ENTERED; } function _nonReentrantAfter() private { // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200) _status = _NOT_ENTERED; } /** * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain. * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps */ uint256[49] private __gap; }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.1; /** * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type */ library AddressUpgradeable { /** * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract. * * [IMPORTANT] * ==== * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract. * * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following * types of addresses: * * - an externally-owned account * - a contract in construction * - an address where a contract will be created * - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed * ==== * * [IMPORTANT] * ==== * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks! * * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract * constructor. * ==== */ function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) { // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0 // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end // of the constructor execution. return account.code.length > 0; } /** * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors. * * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation. * * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more]. * * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using * {ReentrancyGuard} or the * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern]. */ function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal { require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance"); (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}(""); require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted"); } /** * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this * function instead. * * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this * function (like regular Solidity function calls). * * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value, * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`]. * * Requirements: * * - `target` must be a contract. * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) { return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed"); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ function functionCall( address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage ) internal returns (bytes memory) { return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`. * * Requirements: * * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`. * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ function functionCallWithValue( address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value ) internal returns (bytes memory) { return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed"); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ function functionCallWithValue( address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage ) internal returns (bytes memory) { require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call"); (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data); return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], * but performing a static call. * * _Available since v3.3._ */ function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) { return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed"); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`], * but performing a static call. * * _Available since v3.3._ */ function functionStaticCall( address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage ) internal view returns (bytes memory) { (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data); return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage); } /** * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract. * * _Available since v4.8._ */ function verifyCallResultFromTarget( address target, bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage ) internal view returns (bytes memory) { if (success) { if (returndata.length == 0) { // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty // otherwise we already know that it was a contract require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract"); } return returndata; } else { _revert(returndata, errorMessage); } } /** * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the * revert reason or using the provided one. * * _Available since v4.3._ */ function verifyCallResult( bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) { if (success) { return returndata; } else { _revert(returndata, errorMessage); } } function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure { // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present if (returndata.length > 0) { // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { let returndata_size := mload(returndata) revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size) } } else { revert(errorMessage); } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol"; /** * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application * is concerned). * * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts. */ abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable { function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing { } function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing { } function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) { return msg.sender; } function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) { return msg.data; } /** * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain. * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps */ uint256[50] private __gap; }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../StringsUpgradeable.sol"; /** * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations. * * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder * of the private keys of a given address. */ library ECDSAUpgradeable { enum RecoverError { NoError, InvalidSignature, InvalidSignatureLength, InvalidSignatureS, InvalidSignatureV // Deprecated in v4.8 } function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure { if (error == RecoverError.NoError) { return; // no error: do nothing } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) { revert("ECDSA: invalid signature"); } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) { revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length"); } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) { revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value"); } } /** * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes. * * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures: * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28. * * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it. * * Documentation for signature generation: * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js] * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers] * * _Available since v4.3._ */ function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) { if (signature.length == 65) { bytes32 r; bytes32 s; uint8 v; // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them // currently is to use assembly. /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { r := mload(add(signature, 0x20)) s := mload(add(signature, 0x40)) v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60))) } return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s); } else { return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength); } } /** * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes. * * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures: * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28. * * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it. */ function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) { (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature); _throwError(error); return recovered; } /** * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately. * * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures] * * _Available since v4.3._ */ function tryRecover( bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) { bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff); uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27); return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s); } /** * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately. * * _Available since v4.2._ */ function recover( bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs ) internal pure returns (address) { (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs); _throwError(error); return recovered; } /** * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`, * `r` and `s` signature fields separately. * * _Available since v4.3._ */ function tryRecover( bytes32 hash, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) { // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order. // // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept // these malleable signatures as well. if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) { return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS); } // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s); if (signer == address(0)) { return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature); } return (signer, RecoverError.NoError); } /** * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`, * `r` and `s` signature fields separately. */ function recover( bytes32 hash, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s ) internal pure returns (address) { (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s); _throwError(error); return recovered; } /** * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191. * * See {recover}. */ function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) { // 32 is the length in bytes of hash, // enforced by the type signature above return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32", hash)); } /** * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191. * * See {recover}. */ function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) { return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n", StringsUpgradeable.toString(s.length), s)); } /** * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding * to the one signed with the * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`] * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712. * * See {recover}. */ function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) { return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19\x01", domainSeparator, structHash)); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs. * * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library]. * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme. * * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves. * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value. * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates merkle trees that are safe * against this attack out of the box. */ library MerkleProofUpgradeable { /** * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted. */ function verify( bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf ) internal pure returns (bool) { return processProof(proof, leaf) == root; } /** * @dev Calldata version of {verify} * * _Available since v4.7._ */ function verifyCalldata( bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf ) internal pure returns (bool) { return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root; } /** * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted. * * _Available since v4.4._ */ function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) { bytes32 computedHash = leaf; for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) { computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]); } return computedHash; } /** * @dev Calldata version of {processProof} * * _Available since v4.7._ */ function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) { bytes32 computedHash = leaf; for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) { computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]); } return computedHash; } /** * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a merkle tree defined by * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}. * * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details. * * _Available since v4.7._ */ function multiProofVerify( bytes32[] memory proof, bool[] memory proofFlags, bytes32 root, bytes32[] memory leaves ) internal pure returns (bool) { return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root; } /** * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify} * * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details. * * _Available since v4.7._ */ function multiProofVerifyCalldata( bytes32[] calldata proof, bool[] calldata proofFlags, bytes32 root, bytes32[] memory leaves ) internal pure returns (bool) { return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root; } /** * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false * respectively. * * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer). * * _Available since v4.7._ */ function processMultiProof( bytes32[] memory proof, bool[] memory proofFlags, bytes32[] memory leaves ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) { // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of // the merkle tree. uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length; uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length; // Check proof validity. require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof"); // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop". bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes); uint256 leafPos = 0; uint256 hashPos = 0; uint256 proofPos = 0; // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values: // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we // get the next hash. // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the // `proof` array. for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) { bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++]; bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++]; hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b); } if (totalHashes > 0) { return hashes[totalHashes - 1]; } else if (leavesLen > 0) { return leaves[0]; } else { return proof[0]; } } /** * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}. * * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details. * * _Available since v4.7._ */ function processMultiProofCalldata( bytes32[] calldata proof, bool[] calldata proofFlags, bytes32[] memory leaves ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) { // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of // the merkle tree. uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length; uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length; // Check proof validity. require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof"); // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop". bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes); uint256 leafPos = 0; uint256 hashPos = 0; uint256 proofPos = 0; // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values: // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we // get the next hash. // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the // `proof` array. for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) { bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++]; bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++]; hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b); } if (totalHashes > 0) { return hashes[totalHashes - 1]; } else if (leavesLen > 0) { return leaves[0]; } else { return proof[0]; } } function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) { return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a); } function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) { /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { mstore(0x00, a) mstore(0x20, b) value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40) } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP]. * * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}). * * For an implementation, see {ERC165}. */ interface IERC165Upgradeable { /** * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section] * to learn more about how these ids are created. * * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language. */ library MathUpgradeable { enum Rounding { Down, // Toward negative infinity Up, // Toward infinity Zero // Toward zero } /** * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers. */ function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) { return a > b ? a : b; } /** * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers. */ function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) { return a < b ? a : b; } /** * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards * zero. */ function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) { // (a + b) / 2 can overflow. return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2; } /** * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers. * * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead * of rounding down. */ function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) { // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute. return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1; } /** * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0 * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv) * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license. */ function mulDiv( uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) { unchecked { // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256 // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0. uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product assembly { let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0)) prod0 := mul(x, y) prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0)) } // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division. if (prod1 == 0) { return prod0 / denominator; } // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0. require(denominator > prod1); /////////////////////////////////////////////// // 512 by 256 division. /////////////////////////////////////////////// // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0]. uint256 remainder; assembly { // Compute remainder using mulmod. remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator) // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number. prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0)) prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder) } // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1. // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363. // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function. uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1); assembly { // Divide denominator by twos. denominator := div(denominator, twos) // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos. prod0 := div(prod0, twos) // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one. twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1) } // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0. prod0 |= prod1 * twos; // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4. uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2; // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step. inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256 // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator. // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1 // is no longer required. result = prod0 * inverse; return result; } } /** * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction. */ function mulDiv( uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator, Rounding rounding ) internal pure returns (uint256) { uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator); if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) { result += 1; } return result; } /** * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down. * * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11). */ function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) { if (a == 0) { return 0; } // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target. // // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`. // // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)` // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))` // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)` // // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit. uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1); // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128, // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision // into the expected uint128 result. unchecked { result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; return min(result, a / result); } } /** * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction. */ function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) { unchecked { uint256 result = sqrt(a); return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0); } } /** * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) { uint256 result = 0; unchecked { if (value >> 128 > 0) { value >>= 128; result += 128; } if (value >> 64 > 0) { value >>= 64; result += 64; } if (value >> 32 > 0) { value >>= 32; result += 32; } if (value >> 16 > 0) { value >>= 16; result += 16; } if (value >> 8 > 0) { value >>= 8; result += 8; } if (value >> 4 > 0) { value >>= 4; result += 4; } if (value >> 2 > 0) { value >>= 2; result += 2; } if (value >> 1 > 0) { result += 1; } } return result; } /** * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) { unchecked { uint256 result = log2(value); return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0); } } /** * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) { uint256 result = 0; unchecked { if (value >= 10**64) { value /= 10**64; result += 64; } if (value >= 10**32) { value /= 10**32; result += 32; } if (value >= 10**16) { value /= 10**16; result += 16; } if (value >= 10**8) { value /= 10**8; result += 8; } if (value >= 10**4) { value /= 10**4; result += 4; } if (value >= 10**2) { value /= 10**2; result += 2; } if (value >= 10**1) { result += 1; } } return result; } /** * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) { unchecked { uint256 result = log10(value); return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0); } } /** * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. * * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string. */ function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) { uint256 result = 0; unchecked { if (value >> 128 > 0) { value >>= 128; result += 16; } if (value >> 64 > 0) { value >>= 64; result += 8; } if (value >> 32 > 0) { value >>= 32; result += 4; } if (value >> 16 > 0) { value >>= 16; result += 2; } if (value >> 8 > 0) { result += 1; } } return result; } /** * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) { unchecked { uint256 result = log256(value); return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0); } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol"; /** * @dev String operations. */ library StringsUpgradeable { bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef"; uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20; /** * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation. */ function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) { unchecked { uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1; string memory buffer = new string(length); uint256 ptr; /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length)) } while (true) { ptr--; /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS)) } value /= 10; if (value == 0) break; } return buffer; } } /** * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation. */ function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) { unchecked { return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1); } } /** * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length. */ function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) { bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2); buffer[0] = "0"; buffer[1] = "x"; for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) { buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf]; value >>= 4; } require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient"); return string(buffer); } /** * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation. */ function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) { return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../utils/Context.sol"; /** * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to * specific functions. * * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}. * * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to * the owner. */ abstract contract Ownable is Context { address private _owner; event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner); /** * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner. */ constructor() { _transferOwnership(_msgSender()); } /** * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner. */ modifier onlyOwner() { _checkOwner(); _; } /** * @dev Returns the address of the current owner. */ function owner() public view virtual returns (address) { return _owner; } /** * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner. */ function _checkOwner() internal view virtual { require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner"); } /** * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner. * * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner, * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner. */ function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner { _transferOwnership(address(0)); } /** * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`). * Can only be called by the current owner. */ function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner { require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address"); _transferOwnership(newOwner); } /** * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`). * Internal function without access restriction. */ function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual { address oldOwner = _owner; _owner = newOwner; emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol"; /** * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard. * * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants. * * _Available since v4.5._ */ interface IERC2981 is IERC165 { /** * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange. */ function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice) external view returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../utils/Context.sol"; /** * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account. * * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place. */ abstract contract Pausable is Context { /** * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`. */ event Paused(address account); /** * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`. */ event Unpaused(address account); bool private _paused; /** * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state. */ constructor() { _paused = false; } /** * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused. * * Requirements: * * - The contract must not be paused. */ modifier whenNotPaused() { _requireNotPaused(); _; } /** * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused. * * Requirements: * * - The contract must be paused. */ modifier whenPaused() { _requirePaused(); _; } /** * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise. */ function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) { return _paused; } /** * @dev Throws if the contract is paused. */ function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual { require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused"); } /** * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused. */ function _requirePaused() internal view virtual { require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused"); } /** * @dev Triggers stopped state. * * Requirements: * * - The contract must not be paused. */ function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused { _paused = true; emit Paused(_msgSender()); } /** * @dev Returns to normal state. * * Requirements: * * - The contract must be paused. */ function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused { _paused = false; emit Unpaused(_msgSender()); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function. * * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested * (reentrant) calls to them. * * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry * points to them. * * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways * to protect against it, check out our blog post * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul]. */ abstract contract ReentrancyGuard { // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled. // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive, // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect. uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1; uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2; uint256 private _status; constructor() { _status = _NOT_ENTERED; } /** * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly. * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant` * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a * `private` function that does the actual work. */ modifier nonReentrant() { _nonReentrantBefore(); _; _nonReentrantAfter(); } function _nonReentrantBefore() private { // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call"); // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail _status = _ENTERED; } function _nonReentrantAfter() private { // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200) _status = _NOT_ENTERED; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol"; import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol"; /** * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information. * * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first. * * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the * fee is specified in basis points by default. * * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported. * * _Available since v4.5._ */ abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 { struct RoyaltyInfo { address receiver; uint96 royaltyFraction; } RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo; mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo; /** * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) { return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId); } /** * @inheritdoc IERC2981 */ function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) { RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId]; if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) { royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo; } uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator(); return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount); } /** * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an * override. */ function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) { return 10000; } /** * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to. * * Requirements: * * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address. * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator. */ function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual { require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice"); require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver"); _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator); } /** * @dev Removes default royalty information. */ function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual { delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo; } /** * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default. * * Requirements: * * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address. * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator. */ function _setTokenRoyalty( uint256 tokenId, address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator ) internal virtual { require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice"); require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters"); _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator); } /** * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default. */ function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual { delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId]; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC1155/ERC1155.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "./IERC1155.sol"; import "./IERC1155Receiver.sol"; import "./extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol"; import "../../utils/Address.sol"; import "../../utils/Context.sol"; import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol"; /** * @dev Implementation of the basic standard multi-token. * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155 * Originally based on code by Enjin: https://github.com/enjin/erc-1155 * * _Available since v3.1._ */ contract ERC1155 is Context, ERC165, IERC1155, IERC1155MetadataURI { using Address for address; // Mapping from token ID to account balances mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) private _balances; // Mapping from account to operator approvals mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals; // Used as the URI for all token types by relying on ID substitution, e.g. https://token-cdn-domain/{id}.json string private _uri; /** * @dev See {_setURI}. */ constructor(string memory uri_) { _setURI(uri_); } /** * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) { return interfaceId == type(IERC1155).interfaceId || interfaceId == type(IERC1155MetadataURI).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId); } /** * @dev See {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}. * * This implementation returns the same URI for *all* token types. It relies * on the token type ID substitution mechanism * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP]. * * Clients calling this function must replace the `\{id\}` substring with the * actual token type ID. */ function uri(uint256) public view virtual override returns (string memory) { return _uri; } /** * @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOf}. * * Requirements: * * - `account` cannot be the zero address. */ function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) public view virtual override returns (uint256) { require(account != address(0), "ERC1155: address zero is not a valid owner"); return _balances[id][account]; } /** * @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOfBatch}. * * Requirements: * * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length. */ function balanceOfBatch(address[] memory accounts, uint256[] memory ids) public view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) { require(accounts.length == ids.length, "ERC1155: accounts and ids length mismatch"); uint256[] memory batchBalances = new uint256[](accounts.length); for (uint256 i = 0; i < accounts.length; ++i) { batchBalances[i] = balanceOf(accounts[i], ids[i]); } return batchBalances; } /** * @dev See {IERC1155-setApprovalForAll}. */ function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override { _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved); } /** * @dev See {IERC1155-isApprovedForAll}. */ function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) { return _operatorApprovals[account][operator]; } /** * @dev See {IERC1155-safeTransferFrom}. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 id, uint256 amount, bytes memory data ) public virtual override { require( from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()), "ERC1155: caller is not token owner or approved" ); _safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data); } /** * @dev See {IERC1155-safeBatchTransferFrom}. */ function safeBatchTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory data ) public virtual override { require( from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()), "ERC1155: caller is not token owner or approved" ); _safeBatchTransferFrom(from, to, ids, amounts, data); } /** * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`. * * Emits a {TransferSingle} event. * * Requirements: * * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the * acceptance magic value. */ function _safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 id, uint256 amount, bytes memory data ) internal virtual { require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address"); address operator = _msgSender(); uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id); uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount); _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data); uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from]; require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer"); unchecked { _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount; } _balances[id][to] += amount; emit TransferSingle(operator, from, to, id, amount); _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data); _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, id, amount, data); } /** * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_safeTransferFrom}. * * Emits a {TransferBatch} event. * * Requirements: * * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the * acceptance magic value. */ function _safeBatchTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory data ) internal virtual { require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch"); require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address"); address operator = _msgSender(); _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data); for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) { uint256 id = ids[i]; uint256 amount = amounts[i]; uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from]; require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer"); unchecked { _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount; } _balances[id][to] += amount; } emit TransferBatch(operator, from, to, ids, amounts); _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data); _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data); } /** * @dev Sets a new URI for all token types, by relying on the token type ID * substitution mechanism * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP]. * * By this mechanism, any occurrence of the `\{id\}` substring in either the * URI or any of the amounts in the JSON file at said URI will be replaced by * clients with the token type ID. * * For example, the `https://token-cdn-domain/\{id\}.json` URI would be * interpreted by clients as * `https://token-cdn-domain/000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004cce0.json` * for token type ID 0x4cce0. * * See {uri}. * * Because these URIs cannot be meaningfully represented by the {URI} event, * this function emits no events. */ function _setURI(string memory newuri) internal virtual { _uri = newuri; } /** * @dev Creates `amount` tokens of token type `id`, and assigns them to `to`. * * Emits a {TransferSingle} event. * * Requirements: * * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the * acceptance magic value. */ function _mint( address to, uint256 id, uint256 amount, bytes memory data ) internal virtual { require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address"); address operator = _msgSender(); uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id); uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount); _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data); _balances[id][to] += amount; emit TransferSingle(operator, address(0), to, id, amount); _afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data); _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, id, amount, data); } /** * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_mint}. * * Emits a {TransferBatch} event. * * Requirements: * * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the * acceptance magic value. */ function _mintBatch( address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory data ) internal virtual { require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address"); require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch"); address operator = _msgSender(); _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data); for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) { _balances[ids[i]][to] += amounts[i]; } emit TransferBatch(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts); _afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data); _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data); } /** * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` * * Emits a {TransferSingle} event. * * Requirements: * * - `from` cannot be the zero address. * - `from` must have at least `amount` tokens of token type `id`. */ function _burn( address from, uint256 id, uint256 amount ) internal virtual { require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address"); address operator = _msgSender(); uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id); uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount); _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, ""); uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from]; require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance"); unchecked { _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount; } emit TransferSingle(operator, from, address(0), id, amount); _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, ""); } /** * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_burn}. * * Emits a {TransferBatch} event. * * Requirements: * * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length. */ function _burnBatch( address from, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts ) internal virtual { require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address"); require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch"); address operator = _msgSender(); _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, ""); for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) { uint256 id = ids[i]; uint256 amount = amounts[i]; uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from]; require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance"); unchecked { _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount; } } emit TransferBatch(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts); _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, ""); } /** * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens * * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event. */ function _setApprovalForAll( address owner, address operator, bool approved ) internal virtual { require(owner != operator, "ERC1155: setting approval status for self"); _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved; emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved); } /** * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting * and burning, as well as batched variants. * * The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single * transfers, the length of the `ids` and `amounts` arrays will be 1. * * Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair): * * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens * of token type `id` will be transferred to `to`. * - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted * for `to`. * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id` * will be burned. * - `from` and `to` are never both zero. * - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length. * * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks]. */ function _beforeTokenTransfer( address operator, address from, address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory data ) internal virtual {} /** * @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting * and burning, as well as batched variants. * * The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single * transfers, the length of the `id` and `amount` arrays will be 1. * * Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair): * * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens * of token type `id` will be transferred to `to`. * - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted * for `to`. * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id` * will be burned. * - `from` and `to` are never both zero. * - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length. * * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks]. */ function _afterTokenTransfer( address operator, address from, address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory data ) internal virtual {} function _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck( address operator, address from, address to, uint256 id, uint256 amount, bytes memory data ) private { if (to.isContract()) { try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155Received(operator, from, id, amount, data) returns (bytes4 response) { if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155Received.selector) { revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens"); } } catch Error(string memory reason) { revert(reason); } catch { revert("ERC1155: transfer to non-ERC1155Receiver implementer"); } } } function _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck( address operator, address from, address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory data ) private { if (to.isContract()) { try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(operator, from, ids, amounts, data) returns ( bytes4 response ) { if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector) { revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens"); } } catch Error(string memory reason) { revert(reason); } catch { revert("ERC1155: transfer to non-ERC1155Receiver implementer"); } } } function _asSingletonArray(uint256 element) private pure returns (uint256[] memory) { uint256[] memory array = new uint256[](1); array[0] = element; return array; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../ERC1155.sol"; /** * @dev Extension of ERC1155 that adds tracking of total supply per id. * * Useful for scenarios where Fungible and Non-fungible tokens have to be * clearly identified. Note: While a totalSupply of 1 might mean the * corresponding is an NFT, there is no guarantees that no other token with the * same id are not going to be minted. */ abstract contract ERC1155Supply is ERC1155 { mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _totalSupply; /** * @dev Total amount of tokens in with a given id. */ function totalSupply(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (uint256) { return _totalSupply[id]; } /** * @dev Indicates whether any token exist with a given id, or not. */ function exists(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (bool) { return ERC1155Supply.totalSupply(id) > 0; } /** * @dev See {ERC1155-_beforeTokenTransfer}. */ function _beforeTokenTransfer( address operator, address from, address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory data ) internal virtual override { super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data); if (from == address(0)) { for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) { _totalSupply[ids[i]] += amounts[i]; } } if (to == address(0)) { for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) { uint256 id = ids[i]; uint256 amount = amounts[i]; uint256 supply = _totalSupply[id]; require(supply >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds totalSupply"); unchecked { _totalSupply[id] = supply - amount; } } } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC1155/extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../IERC1155.sol"; /** * @dev Interface of the optional ERC1155MetadataExtension interface, as defined * in the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[EIP]. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ interface IERC1155MetadataURI is IERC1155 { /** * @dev Returns the URI for token type `id`. * * If the `\{id\}` substring is present in the URI, it must be replaced by * clients with the actual token type ID. */ function uri(uint256 id) external view returns (string memory); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol"; /** * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP]. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ interface IERC1155 is IERC165 { /** * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`. */ event TransferSingle(address indexed operator, address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 id, uint256 value); /** * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all * transfers. */ event TransferBatch( address indexed operator, address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256[] ids, uint256[] values ); /** * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to * `approved`. */ event ApprovalForAll(address indexed account, address indexed operator, bool approved); /** * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI. * * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}. */ event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id); /** * @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`. * * Requirements: * * - `account` cannot be the zero address. */ function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) external view returns (uint256); /** * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}. * * Requirements: * * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length. */ function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids) external view returns (uint256[] memory); /** * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`, * * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event. * * Requirements: * * - `operator` cannot be the caller. */ function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external; /** * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens. * * See {setApprovalForAll}. */ function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) external view returns (bool); /** * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`. * * Emits a {TransferSingle} event. * * Requirements: * * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}. * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the * acceptance magic value. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 id, uint256 amount, bytes calldata data ) external; /** * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}. * * Emits a {TransferBatch} event. * * Requirements: * * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the * acceptance magic value. */ function safeBatchTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256[] calldata ids, uint256[] calldata amounts, bytes calldata data ) external; }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol"; /** * @dev _Available since v3.1._ */ interface IERC1155Receiver is IERC165 { /** * @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is * called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated. * * NOTE: To accept the transfer, this must return * `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` * (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector). * * @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender) * @param from The address which previously owned the token * @param id The ID of the token being transferred * @param value The amount of tokens being transferred * @param data Additional data with no specified format * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed */ function onERC1155Received( address operator, address from, uint256 id, uint256 value, bytes calldata data ) external returns (bytes4); /** * @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function * is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have * been updated. * * NOTE: To accept the transfer(s), this must return * `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` * (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector). * * @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender) * @param from The address which previously owned the token * @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array) * @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array) * @param data Additional data with no specified format * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed */ function onERC1155BatchReceived( address operator, address from, uint256[] calldata ids, uint256[] calldata values, bytes calldata data ) external returns (bytes4); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.2) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "./IERC721.sol"; import "./IERC721Receiver.sol"; import "./extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol"; import "../../utils/Address.sol"; import "../../utils/Context.sol"; import "../../utils/Strings.sol"; import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol"; /** * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as * {ERC721Enumerable}. */ contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata { using Address for address; using Strings for uint256; // Token name string private _name; // Token symbol string private _symbol; // Mapping from token ID to owner address mapping(uint256 => address) private _owners; // Mapping owner address to token count mapping(address => uint256) private _balances; // Mapping from token ID to approved address mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals; // Mapping from owner to operator approvals mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals; /** * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection. */ constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) { _name = name_; _symbol = symbol_; } /** * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) { return interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId || interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId); } /** * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}. */ function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) { require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner"); return _balances[owner]; } /** * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}. */ function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) { address owner = _ownerOf(tokenId); require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID"); return owner; } /** * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}. */ function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) { return _name; } /** * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}. */ function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) { return _symbol; } /** * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}. */ function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) { _requireMinted(tokenId); string memory baseURI = _baseURI(); return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : ""; } /** * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty * by default, can be overridden in child contracts. */ function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) { return ""; } /** * @dev See {IERC721-approve}. */ function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override { address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId); require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner"); require( _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()), "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner or approved for all" ); _approve(to, tokenId); } /** * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}. */ function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) { _requireMinted(tokenId); return _tokenApprovals[tokenId]; } /** * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}. */ function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override { _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved); } /** * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}. */ function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) { return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator]; } /** * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}. */ function transferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) public virtual override { //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved"); _transfer(from, to, tokenId); } /** * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) public virtual override { safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, ""); } /** * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data ) public virtual override { require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved"); _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data); } /** * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked. * * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`. * * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g. * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based. * * Requirements: * * - `from` cannot be the zero address. * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function _safeTransfer( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data ) internal virtual { _transfer(from, to, tokenId); require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"); } /** * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId`. Does NOT revert if token doesn't exist */ function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) { return _owners[tokenId]; } /** * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists. * * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}. * * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`), * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`). */ function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) { return _ownerOf(tokenId) != address(0); } /** * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. */ function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) { address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId); return (spender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || getApproved(tokenId) == spender); } /** * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must not exist. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual { _safeMint(to, tokenId, ""); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients. */ function _safeMint( address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data ) internal virtual { _mint(to, tokenId); require( _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer" ); } /** * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`. * * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must not exist. * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual { require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address"); require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted"); _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1); // Check that tokenId was not minted by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted"); unchecked { // Will not overflow unless all 2**256 token ids are minted to the same owner. // Given that tokens are minted one by one, it is impossible in practice that // this ever happens. Might change if we allow batch minting. // The ERC fails to describe this case. _balances[to] += 1; } _owners[tokenId] = to; emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId); _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1); } /** * @dev Destroys `tokenId`. * The approval is cleared when the token is burned. * This is an internal function that does not check if the sender is authorized to operate on the token. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual { address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId); _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1); // Update ownership in case tokenId was transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId); // Clear approvals delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]; unchecked { // Cannot overflow, as that would require more tokens to be burned/transferred // out than the owner initially received through minting and transferring in. _balances[owner] -= 1; } delete _owners[tokenId]; emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId); _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1); } /** * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`. * As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender. * * Requirements: * * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function _transfer( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) internal virtual { require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner"); require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address"); _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1); // Check that tokenId was not transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner"); // Clear approvals from the previous owner delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]; unchecked { // `_balances[from]` cannot overflow for the same reason as described in `_burn`: // `from`'s balance is the number of token held, which is at least one before the current // transfer. // `_balances[to]` could overflow in the conditions described in `_mint`. That would require // all 2**256 token ids to be minted, which in practice is impossible. _balances[from] -= 1; _balances[to] += 1; } _owners[tokenId] = to; emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId); _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1); } /** * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId` * * Emits an {Approval} event. */ function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual { _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to; emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId); } /** * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens * * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event. */ function _setApprovalForAll( address owner, address operator, bool approved ) internal virtual { require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller"); _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved; emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved); } /** * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet. */ function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual { require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID"); } /** * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address. * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract. * * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID * @param to target address that will receive the tokens * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value */ function _checkOnERC721Received( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data ) private returns (bool) { if (to.isContract()) { try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) { return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector; } catch (bytes memory reason) { if (reason.length == 0) { revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"); } else { /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason)) } } } } else { return true; } } /** * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1. * * Calling conditions: * * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens will be transferred to `to`. * - When `from` is zero, the tokens will be minted for `to`. * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens will be burned. * - `from` and `to` are never both zero. * - `batchSize` is non-zero. * * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks]. */ function _beforeTokenTransfer( address from, address to, uint256 firstTokenId, uint256 batchSize ) internal virtual {} /** * @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1. * * Calling conditions: * * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens were transferred to `to`. * - When `from` is zero, the tokens were minted for `to`. * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens were burned. * - `from` and `to` are never both zero. * - `batchSize` is non-zero. * * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks]. */ function _afterTokenTransfer( address from, address to, uint256 firstTokenId, uint256 batchSize ) internal virtual {} /** * @dev Unsafe write access to the balances, used by extensions that "mint" tokens using an {ownerOf} override. * * WARNING: Anyone calling this MUST ensure that the balances remain consistent with the ownership. The invariant * being that for any address `a` the value returned by `balanceOf(a)` must be equal to the number of tokens such * that `ownerOf(tokenId)` is `a`. */ // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase function __unsafe_increaseBalance(address account, uint256 amount) internal { _balances[account] += amount; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../ERC721.sol"; import "./IERC721Enumerable.sol"; /** * @dev This implements an optional extension of {ERC721} defined in the EIP that adds * enumerability of all the token ids in the contract as well as all token ids owned by each * account. */ abstract contract ERC721Enumerable is ERC721, IERC721Enumerable { // Mapping from owner to list of owned token IDs mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) private _ownedTokens; // Mapping from token ID to index of the owner tokens list mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _ownedTokensIndex; // Array with all token ids, used for enumeration uint256[] private _allTokens; // Mapping from token id to position in the allTokens array mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _allTokensIndex; /** * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC721) returns (bool) { return interfaceId == type(IERC721Enumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId); } /** * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenOfOwnerByIndex}. */ function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) { require(index < ERC721.balanceOf(owner), "ERC721Enumerable: owner index out of bounds"); return _ownedTokens[owner][index]; } /** * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-totalSupply}. */ function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) { return _allTokens.length; } /** * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenByIndex}. */ function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) { require(index < ERC721Enumerable.totalSupply(), "ERC721Enumerable: global index out of bounds"); return _allTokens[index]; } /** * @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}. */ function _beforeTokenTransfer( address from, address to, uint256 firstTokenId, uint256 batchSize ) internal virtual override { super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, firstTokenId, batchSize); if (batchSize > 1) { // Will only trigger during construction. Batch transferring (minting) is not available afterwards. revert("ERC721Enumerable: consecutive transfers not supported"); } uint256 tokenId = firstTokenId; if (from == address(0)) { _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId); } else if (from != to) { _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(from, tokenId); } if (to == address(0)) { _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId); } else if (to != from) { _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(to, tokenId); } } /** * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's ownership-tracking data structures. * @param to address representing the new owner of the given token ID * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list of the given address */ function _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(address to, uint256 tokenId) private { uint256 length = ERC721.balanceOf(to); _ownedTokens[to][length] = tokenId; _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId] = length; } /** * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's token tracking data structures. * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list */ function _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private { _allTokensIndex[tokenId] = _allTokens.length; _allTokens.push(tokenId); } /** * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's ownership-tracking data structures. Note that * while the token is not assigned a new owner, the `_ownedTokensIndex` mapping is _not_ updated: this allows for * gas optimizations e.g. when performing a transfer operation (avoiding double writes). * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _ownedTokens array. * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list of the given address */ function _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(address from, uint256 tokenId) private { // To prevent a gap in from's tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and // then delete the last slot (swap and pop). uint256 lastTokenIndex = ERC721.balanceOf(from) - 1; uint256 tokenIndex = _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId]; // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary if (tokenIndex != lastTokenIndex) { uint256 lastTokenId = _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex]; _ownedTokens[from][tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token _ownedTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index } // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array delete _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId]; delete _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex]; } /** * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's token tracking data structures. * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _allTokens array. * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list */ function _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private { // To prevent a gap in the tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and // then delete the last slot (swap and pop). uint256 lastTokenIndex = _allTokens.length - 1; uint256 tokenIndex = _allTokensIndex[tokenId]; // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs so // rarely (when the last minted token is burnt) that we still do the swap here to avoid the gas cost of adding // an 'if' statement (like in _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration) uint256 lastTokenId = _allTokens[lastTokenIndex]; _allTokens[tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token _allTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array delete _allTokensIndex[tokenId]; _allTokens.pop(); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../IERC721.sol"; /** * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721 */ interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 { /** * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract. */ function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256); /** * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list. * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens. */ function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256); /** * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract. * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens. */ function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../IERC721.sol"; /** * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721 */ interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 { /** * @dev Returns the token collection name. */ function name() external view returns (string memory); /** * @dev Returns the token collection symbol. */ function symbol() external view returns (string memory); /** * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token. */ function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol"; /** * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract. */ interface IERC721 is IERC165 { /** * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`. */ event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId); /** * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token. */ event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId); /** * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets. */ event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved); /** * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account. */ function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance); /** * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. */ function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner); /** * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`. * * Requirements: * * - `from` cannot be the zero address. * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`. * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data ) external; /** * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked. * * Requirements: * * - `from` cannot be the zero address. * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`. * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) external; /** * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`. * * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721 * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability. * * Requirements: * * - `from` cannot be the zero address. * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`. * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function transferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) external; /** * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred. * * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals. * * Requirements: * * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator. * - `tokenId` must exist. * * Emits an {Approval} event. */ function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external; /** * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller. * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller. * * Requirements: * * - The `operator` cannot be the caller. * * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event. */ function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external; /** * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. */ function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator); /** * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`. * * See {setApprovalForAll} */ function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @title ERC721 token receiver interface * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers * from ERC721 asset contracts. */ interface IERC721Receiver { /** * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom} * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called. * * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer. * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted. * * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`. */ function onERC721Received( address operator, address from, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data ) external returns (bytes4); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.1; /** * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type */ library Address { /** * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract. * * [IMPORTANT] * ==== * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract. * * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following * types of addresses: * * - an externally-owned account * - a contract in construction * - an address where a contract will be created * - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed * ==== * * [IMPORTANT] * ==== * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks! * * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract * constructor. * ==== */ function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) { // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0 // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end // of the constructor execution. return account.code.length > 0; } /** * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors. * * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation. * * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more]. * * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using * {ReentrancyGuard} or the * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern]. */ function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal { require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance"); (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}(""); require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted"); } /** * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this * function instead. * * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this * function (like regular Solidity function calls). * * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value, * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`]. * * Requirements: * * - `target` must be a contract. * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) { return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed"); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ function functionCall( address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage ) internal returns (bytes memory) { return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`. * * Requirements: * * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`. * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ function functionCallWithValue( address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value ) internal returns (bytes memory) { return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed"); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts. * * _Available since v3.1._ */ function functionCallWithValue( address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage ) internal returns (bytes memory) { require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call"); (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data); return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], * but performing a static call. * * _Available since v3.3._ */ function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) { return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed"); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`], * but performing a static call. * * _Available since v3.3._ */ function functionStaticCall( address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage ) internal view returns (bytes memory) { (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data); return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], * but performing a delegate call. * * _Available since v3.4._ */ function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) { return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed"); } /** * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`], * but performing a delegate call. * * _Available since v3.4._ */ function functionDelegateCall( address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage ) internal returns (bytes memory) { (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data); return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage); } /** * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract. * * _Available since v4.8._ */ function verifyCallResultFromTarget( address target, bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage ) internal view returns (bytes memory) { if (success) { if (returndata.length == 0) { // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty // otherwise we already know that it was a contract require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract"); } return returndata; } else { _revert(returndata, errorMessage); } } /** * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the * revert reason or using the provided one. * * _Available since v4.3._ */ function verifyCallResult( bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) { if (success) { return returndata; } else { _revert(returndata, errorMessage); } } function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure { // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present if (returndata.length > 0) { // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { let returndata_size := mload(returndata) revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size) } } else { revert(errorMessage); } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application * is concerned). * * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts. */ abstract contract Context { function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) { return msg.sender; } function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) { return msg.data; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Counters.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @title Counters * @author Matt Condon (@shrugs) * @dev Provides counters that can only be incremented, decremented or reset. This can be used e.g. to track the number * of elements in a mapping, issuing ERC721 ids, or counting request ids. * * Include with `using Counters for Counters.Counter;` */ library Counters { struct Counter { // This variable should never be directly accessed by users of the library: interactions must be restricted to // the library's function. As of Solidity v0.5.2, this cannot be enforced, though there is a proposal to add // this feature: see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4637 uint256 _value; // default: 0 } function current(Counter storage counter) internal view returns (uint256) { return counter._value; } function increment(Counter storage counter) internal { unchecked { counter._value += 1; } } function decrement(Counter storage counter) internal { uint256 value = counter._value; require(value > 0, "Counter: decrement overflow"); unchecked { counter._value = value - 1; } } function reset(Counter storage counter) internal { counter._value = 0; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "../Strings.sol"; /** * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations. * * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder * of the private keys of a given address. */ library ECDSA { enum RecoverError { NoError, InvalidSignature, InvalidSignatureLength, InvalidSignatureS, InvalidSignatureV // Deprecated in v4.8 } function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure { if (error == RecoverError.NoError) { return; // no error: do nothing } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) { revert("ECDSA: invalid signature"); } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) { revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length"); } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) { revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value"); } } /** * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes. * * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures: * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28. * * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it. * * Documentation for signature generation: * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js] * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers] * * _Available since v4.3._ */ function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) { if (signature.length == 65) { bytes32 r; bytes32 s; uint8 v; // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them // currently is to use assembly. /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { r := mload(add(signature, 0x20)) s := mload(add(signature, 0x40)) v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60))) } return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s); } else { return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength); } } /** * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes. * * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures: * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28. * * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it. */ function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) { (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature); _throwError(error); return recovered; } /** * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately. * * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures] * * _Available since v4.3._ */ function tryRecover( bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) { bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff); uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27); return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s); } /** * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately. * * _Available since v4.2._ */ function recover( bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs ) internal pure returns (address) { (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs); _throwError(error); return recovered; } /** * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`, * `r` and `s` signature fields separately. * * _Available since v4.3._ */ function tryRecover( bytes32 hash, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) { // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order. // // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept // these malleable signatures as well. if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) { return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS); } // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s); if (signer == address(0)) { return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature); } return (signer, RecoverError.NoError); } /** * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`, * `r` and `s` signature fields separately. */ function recover( bytes32 hash, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s ) internal pure returns (address) { (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s); _throwError(error); return recovered; } /** * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191. * * See {recover}. */ function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) { // 32 is the length in bytes of hash, // enforced by the type signature above return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32", hash)); } /** * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191. * * See {recover}. */ function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) { return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n", Strings.toString(s.length), s)); } /** * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding * to the one signed with the * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`] * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712. * * See {recover}. */ function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) { return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19\x01", domainSeparator, structHash)); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "./IERC165.sol"; /** * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface. * * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example: * * ```solidity * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) { * return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId); * } * ``` * * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation. */ abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 { /** * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) { return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP]. * * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}). * * For an implementation, see {ERC165}. */ interface IERC165 { /** * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section] * to learn more about how these ids are created. * * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language. */ library Math { enum Rounding { Down, // Toward negative infinity Up, // Toward infinity Zero // Toward zero } /** * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers. */ function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) { return a > b ? a : b; } /** * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers. */ function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) { return a < b ? a : b; } /** * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards * zero. */ function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) { // (a + b) / 2 can overflow. return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2; } /** * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers. * * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead * of rounding down. */ function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) { // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute. return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1; } /** * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0 * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv) * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license. */ function mulDiv( uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) { unchecked { // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256 // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0. uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product assembly { let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0)) prod0 := mul(x, y) prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0)) } // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division. if (prod1 == 0) { return prod0 / denominator; } // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0. require(denominator > prod1); /////////////////////////////////////////////// // 512 by 256 division. /////////////////////////////////////////////// // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0]. uint256 remainder; assembly { // Compute remainder using mulmod. remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator) // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number. prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0)) prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder) } // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1. // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363. // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function. uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1); assembly { // Divide denominator by twos. denominator := div(denominator, twos) // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos. prod0 := div(prod0, twos) // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one. twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1) } // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0. prod0 |= prod1 * twos; // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4. uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2; // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step. inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128 inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256 // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator. // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1 // is no longer required. result = prod0 * inverse; return result; } } /** * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction. */ function mulDiv( uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator, Rounding rounding ) internal pure returns (uint256) { uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator); if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) { result += 1; } return result; } /** * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down. * * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11). */ function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) { if (a == 0) { return 0; } // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target. // // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`. // // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)` // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))` // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)` // // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit. uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1); // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128, // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision // into the expected uint128 result. unchecked { result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; result = (result + a / result) >> 1; return min(result, a / result); } } /** * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction. */ function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) { unchecked { uint256 result = sqrt(a); return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0); } } /** * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) { uint256 result = 0; unchecked { if (value >> 128 > 0) { value >>= 128; result += 128; } if (value >> 64 > 0) { value >>= 64; result += 64; } if (value >> 32 > 0) { value >>= 32; result += 32; } if (value >> 16 > 0) { value >>= 16; result += 16; } if (value >> 8 > 0) { value >>= 8; result += 8; } if (value >> 4 > 0) { value >>= 4; result += 4; } if (value >> 2 > 0) { value >>= 2; result += 2; } if (value >> 1 > 0) { result += 1; } } return result; } /** * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) { unchecked { uint256 result = log2(value); return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0); } } /** * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) { uint256 result = 0; unchecked { if (value >= 10**64) { value /= 10**64; result += 64; } if (value >= 10**32) { value /= 10**32; result += 32; } if (value >= 10**16) { value /= 10**16; result += 16; } if (value >= 10**8) { value /= 10**8; result += 8; } if (value >= 10**4) { value /= 10**4; result += 4; } if (value >= 10**2) { value /= 10**2; result += 2; } if (value >= 10**1) { result += 1; } } return result; } /** * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) { unchecked { uint256 result = log10(value); return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0); } } /** * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. * * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string. */ function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) { uint256 result = 0; unchecked { if (value >> 128 > 0) { value >>= 128; result += 16; } if (value >> 64 > 0) { value >>= 64; result += 8; } if (value >> 32 > 0) { value >>= 32; result += 4; } if (value >> 16 > 0) { value >>= 16; result += 2; } if (value >> 8 > 0) { result += 1; } } return result; } /** * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value. * Returns 0 if given 0. */ function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) { unchecked { uint256 result = log256(value); return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0); } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots. * * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts. * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly. * * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write. * * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot: * ``` * contract ERC1967 { * bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc; * * function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) { * return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value; * } * * function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal { * require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract"); * StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation; * } * } * ``` * * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._ */ library StorageSlot { struct AddressSlot { address value; } struct BooleanSlot { bool value; } struct Bytes32Slot { bytes32 value; } struct Uint256Slot { uint256 value; } /** * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`. */ function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) { /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { r.slot := slot } } /** * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`. */ function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) { /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { r.slot := slot } } /** * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`. */ function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) { /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { r.slot := slot } } /** * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`. */ function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) { /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { r.slot := slot } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol) pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import "./math/Math.sol"; /** * @dev String operations. */ library Strings { bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef"; uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20; /** * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation. */ function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) { unchecked { uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1; string memory buffer = new string(length); uint256 ptr; /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length)) } while (true) { ptr--; /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly assembly { mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS)) } value /= 10; if (value == 0) break; } return buffer; } } /** * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation. */ function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) { unchecked { return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1); } } /** * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length. */ function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) { bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2); buffer[0] = "0"; buffer[1] = "x"; for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) { buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf]; value >>= 4; } require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient"); return string(buffer); } /** * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation. */ function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) { return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol"; import {IAddressRelay, Implementation} from "./interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol"; import {IERC165} from "./interfaces/IERC165.sol"; import {IERC173} from "./interfaces/IERC173.sol"; /** * @author Created by HeyMint Launchpad https://join.heymint.xyz * @notice This contract contains the base logic for ERC-721A tokens deployed with HeyMint */ contract AddressRelay is IAddressRelay, Ownable { mapping(bytes4 => address) public selectorToImplAddress; mapping(bytes4 => bool) public supportedInterfaces; bytes4[] selectors; address[] implAddresses; address public fallbackImplAddress; bool public relayFrozen; constructor() { supportedInterfaces[0x01ffc9a7] = true; // IERC165 supportedInterfaces[0x7f5828d0] = true; // IERC173 supportedInterfaces[0x80ac58cd] = true; // IERC721 supportedInterfaces[0x5b5e139f] = true; // IERC721Metadata supportedInterfaces[0x2a55205a] = true; // IERC2981 supportedInterfaces[0xad092b5c] = true; // IERC4907 } /** * @notice Permanently freezes the relay so no more selectors can be added or removed */ function freezeRelay() external onlyOwner { relayFrozen = true; } /** * @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses * @param _selectors The selectors to add or update * @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to */ function addOrUpdateSelectors( bytes4[] memory _selectors, address _implAddress ) external onlyOwner { require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN"); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) { bytes4 selector = _selectors[i]; selectorToImplAddress[selector] = _implAddress; selectors.push(selector); } bool implAddressExists = false; for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) { if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) { implAddressExists = true; break; } } if (!implAddressExists) { implAddresses.push(_implAddress); } } /** * @notice Removes selectors * @param _selectors The selectors to remove */ function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external onlyOwner { require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN"); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) { bytes4 selector = _selectors[i]; delete selectorToImplAddress[selector]; for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectors.length; j++) { if (selectors[j] == selector) { // this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array delete selectors[j]; break; } } } } /** * @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it * @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove */ function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors( address _implAddress ) external onlyOwner { require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN"); for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) { if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) { // this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array delete implAddresses[i]; break; } } for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectors.length; i++) { if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) { delete selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]]; delete selectors[i]; } } } /** * @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector * @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for */ function getImplAddress( bytes4 _functionSelector ) external view returns (address) { address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector]; if (implAddress == address(0)) { implAddress = fallbackImplAddress; } require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist"); return implAddress; } /** * @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector. Throws an error if function does not exist. * @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for */ function getImplAddressNoFallback( bytes4 _functionSelector ) external view returns (address) { address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector]; require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist"); return implAddress; } /** * @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support * @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs */ function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors() external view returns (Implementation[] memory) { uint256 trueImplAddressCount = 0; uint256 implAddressesLength = implAddresses.length; for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) { if (implAddresses[i] != address(0)) { trueImplAddressCount++; } } Implementation[] memory impls = new Implementation[]( trueImplAddressCount ); for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) { if (implAddresses[i] == address(0)) { continue; } address implAddress = implAddresses[i]; bytes4[] memory selectors_; uint256 selectorCount = 0; uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length; for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) { if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) { selectorCount++; } } selectors_ = new bytes4[](selectorCount); uint256 selectorIndex = 0; for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) { if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) { selectors_[selectorIndex] = selectors[j]; selectorIndex++; } } impls[i] = Implementation(implAddress, selectors_); } return impls; } /** * @notice Return all the function selectors associated with an implementation address * @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for */ function getSelectorsForImplAddress( address _implAddress ) external view returns (bytes4[] memory) { uint256 selectorCount = 0; uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length; for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) { if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) { selectorCount++; } } bytes4[] memory selectorArr = new bytes4[](selectorCount); uint256 selectorIndex = 0; for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) { if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) { selectorArr[selectorIndex] = selectors[i]; selectorIndex++; } } return selectorArr; } /** * @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found * @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address */ function setFallbackImplAddress( address _fallbackAddress ) external onlyOwner { require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN"); fallbackImplAddress = _fallbackAddress; } /** * @notice Updates the supported interfaces * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update * @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not */ function updateSupportedInterfaces( bytes4 _interfaceId, bool _supported ) external onlyOwner { supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId] = _supported; } /** * @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check */ function supportsInterface( bytes4 _interfaceId ) external view returns (bool) { return supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId]; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol"; import {BaseConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol"; import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol"; import {ECDSAUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol"; import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol"; contract HeyMintERC721ABase is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC2981Upgradeable { using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State; using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32; // Default subscription address to use to enable royalty enforcement on certain exchanges like OpenSea address public constant CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS = 0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6; // Default subscription address to use as a placeholder for no royalty enforcement address public constant EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS = 0x511af84166215d528ABf8bA6437ec4BEcF31934B; /** * @notice Initializes a new child deposit contract * @param _name The name of the token * @param _symbol The symbol of the token * @param _config Base configuration settings */ function initialize( string memory _name, string memory _symbol, BaseConfig memory _config ) public initializerERC721A initializer { __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol); __Ownable_init(); __ReentrancyGuard_init(); __OperatorFilterer_init( _config.enforceRoyalties == true ? CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS : EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS, true ); HeyMintStorage.state().cfg = _config; // If public sale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time if (_config.publicSaleStartTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleEndTime == 0) { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime = _config.publicSaleStartTime + 520 weeks; } // If public sale end time is set but not start time, set default start time if (_config.publicSaleEndTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleStartTime == 0) { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = uint32( block.timestamp ); } // If presale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time if (_config.presaleStartTime > 0 && _config.presaleEndTime == 0) { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleEndTime = _config.presaleStartTime + 520 weeks; } // If presale end time is set but not start time, set default start time if (_config.presaleEndTime > 0 && _config.presaleStartTime == 0) { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleStartTime = uint32( block.timestamp ); } } // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============ function pause() external onlyOwner { _pause(); } function unpause() external onlyOwner { _unpause(); } /** * @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId * @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165 */ function supportsInterface( bytes4 interfaceId ) public view virtual override(HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) { return HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId); } // ============ METADATA ============ /** * @notice Returns the base URI for all tokens. If the base URI is not set, it will be generated based on the project ID */ function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) { return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase; } /** * @notice Overrides the default ERC721 tokenURI function to look for specific token URIs when present * @param tokenId The token ID to query */ function tokenURI( uint256 tokenId ) public view virtual override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable) returns (string memory) { if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken(); HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); string memory specificTokenURI = state.data.tokenURIs[tokenId]; if (bytes(specificTokenURI).length != 0) return specificTokenURI; string memory baseURI = _baseURI(); if (bytes(baseURI).length == 0) return ""; uint256 burnTokenId = state.data.tokenIdToBurnTokenId[tokenId]; uint256 tokenURITokenId = state.advCfg.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata && burnTokenId != 0 ? burnTokenId : tokenId; return string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenURITokenId))); } /** * @notice Update the base token URI * @param _newBaseURI The new base URI to use */ function setBaseURI(string calldata _newBaseURI) external onlyOwner { require(!HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen, "NOT_ACTIVE"); HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase = _newBaseURI; } /** * @notice Freeze metadata so it can never be changed again */ function freezeMetadata() external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen = true; } // ============ ERC-2981 ROYALTY ============ /** * @notice Basic gas saving implementation of ERC-2981 royaltyInfo function with receiver set to the contract owner * @param _salePrice The sale price used to determine the royalty amount */ function royaltyInfo( uint256, uint256 _salePrice ) external view override returns (address, uint256) { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); address payoutAddress = state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress != address(0x0) ? state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress : owner(); if (payoutAddress == address(0x0)) { return (payoutAddress, 0); } return (payoutAddress, (_salePrice * state.cfg.royaltyBps) / 10000); } // ============ PAYOUT ============ /** * @notice Withdraws all funds held within contract */ function withdraw() external nonReentrant onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) { require( state.data.fundingTargetReached, "FUNDING_TARGET_NOT_REACHED" ); } if (state.advCfg.refundEndsAt > 0) { require(!refundGuaranteeActive(), "REFUND_GUARANTEE_STILL_ACTIVE"); } uint256 balance = address(this).balance; if (state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length == 0) { (bool success, ) = payable(owner()).call{value: balance}(""); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } else { for (uint256 i = 0; i < state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length; i++) { uint256 amount = (balance * state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints[i]) / 10000; (bool success, ) = HeyMintStorage .state() .advCfg .payoutAddresses[i] .call{value: amount}(""); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } } } // ============ PUBLIC SALE ============ /** * @notice Returns the public price in wei. Public price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals */ function publicPriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) { return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice) * 10 ** 13; } /** * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow public sale minting */ function setPublicSaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleActive = _saleActiveState; } /** * @notice Update the public mint price * @param _publicPrice The new public mint price to use */ function setPublicPrice(uint32 _publicPrice) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice = _publicPrice; } /** * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given address in the public sale * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per address */ function setPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress( uint8 _mintsAllowed ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress = _mintsAllowed; } /** * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given transaction in the public sale * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per transaction */ function setPublicMintsAllowedPerTransaction( uint8 _mintsAllowed ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage .state() .cfg .publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction = _mintsAllowed; } /** * @notice Update the start time for public mint * @param _publicSaleStartTime The new start time for public mint */ function setPublicSaleStartTime( uint32 _publicSaleStartTime ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = _publicSaleStartTime; } /** * @notice Update the end time for public mint * @param _publicSaleEndTime The new end time for public mint */ function setPublicSaleEndTime( uint32 _publicSaleEndTime ) external onlyOwner { require(_publicSaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST"); HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime = _publicSaleEndTime; } /** * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic public sale times * @param _usePublicSaleTimes Whether or not to use the automatic public sale times */ function setUsePublicSaleTimes( bool _usePublicSaleTimes ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.usePublicSaleTimes = _usePublicSaleTimes; } /** * @notice Returns if public sale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true. */ function publicSaleTimeIsActive() public view returns (bool) { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); if ( state.cfg.usePublicSaleTimes == false || state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime == 0 || state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime == 0 ) { return true; } return block.timestamp >= state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime && block.timestamp <= state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime; } /** * @notice Allow for public minting of tokens * @param _numTokens The number of tokens to mint */ function publicMint(uint256 _numTokens) external payable nonReentrant { BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg; require(cfg.publicSaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE"); require(publicSaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE"); require( cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 || _numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <= cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress, "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED" ); require( cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 || _numTokens <= cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction, "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED" ); require( totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.maxSupply, "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); uint256 publicPrice = publicPriceInWei(); if (cfg.heyMintFeeActive) { uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken(); require( msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens + heymintFee, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID" ); (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}(""); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } else { require( msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID" ); } if (cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) { uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId(); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) { HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[ firstTokenIdToMint + i ] = publicPrice; } } _safeMint(msg.sender, _numTokens); } // ============ REFUND ============ /** * Will return true if token holders can still return their tokens for a refund */ function refundGuaranteeActive() public view returns (bool) { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); return block.timestamp < state.advCfg.refundEndsAt; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol"; import {BaseConfig, AdvancedConfig, BurnToken, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol"; contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionA is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable { using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State; event Stake(uint256 indexed tokenId); event Unstake(uint256 indexed tokenId); event Loan(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId); event LoanRetrieved(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId); // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============ /** * @notice Returns all storage variables for the contract */ function getSettings() external view returns ( BaseConfig memory, AdvancedConfig memory, BurnToken[] memory, bool, bool, bool, uint256 ) { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); return ( state.cfg, state.advCfg, state.burnTokens, state.data.advancedConfigInitialized, state.data.fundingTargetReached, state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined, state.data.currentLoanTotal ); } /** * @notice Updates the address configuration for the contract */ function updateBaseConfig( BaseConfig memory _baseConfig ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); require( _baseConfig.maxSupply <= state.cfg.maxSupply, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); require( _baseConfig.presaleMaxSupply <= state.cfg.presaleMaxSupply, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); require( _baseConfig.fundingEndsAt == state.cfg.fundingEndsAt, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); require( _baseConfig.fundingTarget == state.cfg.fundingTarget, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); require( _baseConfig.heyMintFeeActive == state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); if (state.advCfg.metadataFrozen) { require( keccak256(abi.encode(_baseConfig.uriBase)) == keccak256(abi.encode(state.cfg.uriBase)), "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); } state.cfg = _baseConfig; } /** * @notice Updates the advanced configuration for the contract */ function updateAdvancedConfig( AdvancedConfig memory _advancedConfig ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); if (state.advCfg.metadataFrozen) { require( _advancedConfig.metadataFrozen, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); } if (state.advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled) { require( _advancedConfig.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); } if (state.advCfg.refundEndsAt > 0) { require( _advancedConfig.refundPrice == state.advCfg.refundPrice, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); require( _advancedConfig.refundEndsAt >= state.advCfg.refundEndsAt, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); } else if ( _advancedConfig.refundEndsAt > 0 || _advancedConfig.refundPrice > 0 ) { require( _advancedConfig.refundPrice > 0, "REFUND_PRICE_MUST_BE_SET" ); require( _advancedConfig.refundEndsAt > 0, "REFUND_DURATION_MUST_BE_SET" ); } if (!state.data.advancedConfigInitialized) { state.data.advancedConfigInitialized = true; } uint256 payoutAddressesLength = _advancedConfig.payoutAddresses.length; uint256 payoutBasisPointsLength = _advancedConfig .payoutBasisPoints .length; if (state.advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen) { require( _advancedConfig.payoutAddressesFrozen, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); require( payoutAddressesLength == state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); require( payoutBasisPointsLength == state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints.length, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutAddressesLength; i++) { require( _advancedConfig.payoutAddresses[i] == state.advCfg.payoutAddresses[i], "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); require( _advancedConfig.payoutBasisPoints[i] == state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints[i], "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); } } else if (payoutAddressesLength > 0) { require( payoutAddressesLength == payoutBasisPointsLength, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH" ); uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0; for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPointsLength; i++) { totalBasisPoints += _advancedConfig.payoutBasisPoints[i]; } require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "BASIS_POINTS_MUST_EQUAL_10000"); } state.advCfg = _advancedConfig; } /** * @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens * @param _newMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint */ function reduceMaxSupply(uint16 _newMaxSupply) external onlyOwner { BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg; require(_newMaxSupply < cfg.maxSupply, "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"); require( _newMaxSupply >= totalSupply(), "SUPPLY_LOWER_THAN_MINTED_TOKENS" ); cfg.maxSupply = _newMaxSupply; } // ============ PAYOUT ============ /** * @notice Freeze all payout addresses so they can never be changed again */ function freezePayoutAddresses() external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen = true; } /** * @notice Update payout addresses and basis points for each addresses' respective share of contract funds * @param _payoutAddresses The new payout addresses to use * @param _payoutBasisPoints The amount to pay out to each address in _payoutAddresses (in basis points) */ function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints( address[] calldata _payoutAddresses, uint16[] calldata _payoutBasisPoints ) external onlyOwner { AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg; uint256 payoutBasisPointsLength = _payoutBasisPoints.length; require( !advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen, "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE" ); require( _payoutAddresses.length == payoutBasisPointsLength, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH" ); uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0; for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPointsLength; i++) { totalBasisPoints += _payoutBasisPoints[i]; } require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "BASIS_POINTS_MUST_EQUAL_10000"); advCfg.payoutAddresses = _payoutAddresses; advCfg.payoutBasisPoints = _payoutBasisPoints; } // ============ ERC-2981 ROYALTY ============ /** * @notice Updates royalty basis points * @param _royaltyBps The new royalty basis points to use */ function setRoyaltyBasisPoints(uint16 _royaltyBps) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.royaltyBps = _royaltyBps; } /** * @notice Updates royalty payout address * @param _royaltyPayoutAddress The new royalty payout address to use */ function setRoyaltyPayoutAddress( address _royaltyPayoutAddress ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage .state() .advCfg .royaltyPayoutAddress = _royaltyPayoutAddress; } // ============ GIFT ============ /** * @notice Allow owner to send 'mintNumber' tokens without cost to multiple addresses * @param _receivers The addresses to send the tokens to * @param _mintNumber The number of tokens to send to each address */ function gift( address[] calldata _receivers, uint256[] calldata _mintNumber ) external payable onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); require( _receivers.length == _mintNumber.length, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH" ); uint256 totalMints = 0; for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber.length; i++) { totalMints += _mintNumber[i]; } require( totalSupply() + totalMints <= state.cfg.maxSupply, "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) { uint256 heymintFee = (totalMints * heymintFeePerToken()) / 10; require(msg.value == heymintFee, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT"); (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}(""); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) { _safeMint(_receivers[i], _mintNumber[i]); } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol"; import {HeyMintStorage, BaseConfig, BurnToken} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol"; import {ECDSAUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol"; import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol"; import {IERC1155} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol"; contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionB is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable { using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State; using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32; // Address where burnt tokens are sent. address public constant burnAddress = 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD; // ============ PRESALE ============ /** * @notice Returns the presale price in wei. Presale price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals */ function presalePriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) { return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presalePrice) * 10 ** 13; } /** * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow presale minting * @param _saleActiveState The new presale activ .e state */ function setPresaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleActive = _saleActiveState; } /** * @notice Update the presale mint price * @param _presalePrice The new presale mint price to use */ function setPresalePrice(uint32 _presalePrice) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presalePrice = _presalePrice; } /** * @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens available to mint in the presale * @param _newPresaleMaxSupply The new maximum supply of presale tokens available to mint */ function reducePresaleMaxSupply( uint16 _newPresaleMaxSupply ) external onlyOwner { BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg; require( _newPresaleMaxSupply < cfg.presaleMaxSupply, "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH" ); cfg.presaleMaxSupply = _newPresaleMaxSupply; } /** * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given address in the presale * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per address in the presale */ function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress( uint8 _mintsAllowed ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage .state() .cfg .presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress = _mintsAllowed; } /** * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given transaction in the presale * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per transaction in the presale */ function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction( uint8 _mintsAllowed ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage .state() .cfg .presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction = _mintsAllowed; } /** * @notice Set the signer address used to verify presale minting * @param _presaleSignerAddress The new signer address to use */ function setPresaleSignerAddress( address _presaleSignerAddress ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleSignerAddress = _presaleSignerAddress; } /** * @notice Update the start time for presale mint */ function setPresaleStartTime(uint32 _presaleStartTime) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleStartTime = _presaleStartTime; } /** * @notice Update the end time for presale mint */ function setPresaleEndTime(uint32 _presaleEndTime) external onlyOwner { require(_presaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST"); HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleEndTime = _presaleEndTime; } /** * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic presale times */ function setUsePresaleTimes(bool _usePresaleTimes) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.usePresaleTimes = _usePresaleTimes; } /** * @notice Returns if presale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true. */ function presaleTimeIsActive() public view returns (bool) { BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg; if ( cfg.usePresaleTimes == false || cfg.presaleStartTime == 0 || cfg.presaleEndTime == 0 ) { return true; } return block.timestamp >= cfg.presaleStartTime && block.timestamp <= cfg.presaleEndTime; } /** * @notice Verify that a signed message is validly signed by the presaleSignerAddress * @param _messageHash The hash of the message to verify * @param _signature The signature of the messageHash to verify */ function verifySignerAddress( bytes32 _messageHash, bytes calldata _signature ) private view returns (bool) { return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleSignerAddress == _messageHash.toEthSignedMessageHash().recover(_signature); } /** * @notice Allow for allowlist minting of tokens * @param _messageHash The hash of the message containing msg.sender & _maximumAllowedMints to verify * @param _signature The signature of the messageHash to verify * @param _numTokens The number of tokens to mint * @param _maximumAllowedMints The maximum number of tokens that can be minted by the caller */ function presaleMint( bytes32 _messageHash, bytes calldata _signature, uint256 _numTokens, uint256 _maximumAllowedMints ) external payable nonReentrant { BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg; require(cfg.presaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE"); require(presaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE"); require( cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 || _numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <= cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress, "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED" ); require( cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 || _numTokens <= cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction, "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED" ); require( _numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <= _maximumAllowedMints, "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED" ); require( cfg.presaleMaxSupply == 0 || totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.presaleMaxSupply, "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); require( totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.maxSupply, "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); uint256 presalePrice = presalePriceInWei(); if (cfg.heyMintFeeActive) { uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken(); require( msg.value == presalePrice * _numTokens + heymintFee, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID" ); (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}(""); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } else { require( msg.value == presalePrice * _numTokens, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID" ); } require( keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, _maximumAllowedMints)) == _messageHash, "MESSAGE_INVALID" ); require( verifySignerAddress(_messageHash, _signature), "INVALID_SIGNATURE" ); if (cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) { uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId(); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) { HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[ firstTokenIdToMint + i ] = presalePrice; } } _safeMint(msg.sender, _numTokens); } // ============ BURN TO MINT ============ /** * @notice Returns the burn payment in wei. Price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals */ function burnPaymentInWei() public view returns (uint256) { return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.burnPayment) * 10 ** 13; } /** * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow burning to claim a token * @param _burnClaimActive If true tokens can be burned in order to mint */ function setBurnClaimState(bool _burnClaimActive) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); if (_burnClaimActive) { require(state.burnTokens.length != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED"); require(state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED"); } state.advCfg.burnClaimActive = _burnClaimActive; } /** * @notice Set the contract address of the NFT to be burned in order to mint * @param _burnTokens An array of all tokens required for burning */ function updateBurnTokens( BurnToken[] calldata _burnTokens ) external onlyOwner { BurnToken[] storage burnTokens = HeyMintStorage.state().burnTokens; uint256 oldBurnTokensLength = burnTokens.length; uint256 newBurnTokensLength = _burnTokens.length; // Update the existing BurnTokens and push any new BurnTokens for (uint256 i = 0; i < newBurnTokensLength; i++) { if (i < oldBurnTokensLength) { burnTokens[i] = _burnTokens[i]; } else { burnTokens.push(_burnTokens[i]); } } // Pop any extra BurnTokens if the new array is shorter for (uint256 i = oldBurnTokensLength; i > newBurnTokensLength; i--) { burnTokens.pop(); } } /** * @notice Update the number of free mints claimable per token burned * @param _mintsPerBurn The new number of tokens that can be minted per burn transaction */ function updateMintsPerBurn(uint8 _mintsPerBurn) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.mintsPerBurn = _mintsPerBurn; } /** * @notice Update the price required to be paid alongside a burn tx to mint (payment is per tx, not per token in the case of >1 mintsPerBurn) * @param _burnPayment The new amount of payment required per burn transaction */ function updatePaymentPerBurn(uint32 _burnPayment) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.burnPayment = _burnPayment; } /** * @notice If true, real token ids are used for metadata. If false, burn token ids are used for metadata if they exist. * @param _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata If true, burn token ids are used for metadata if they exist. If false, real token ids are used. */ function setUseBurnTokenIdForMetadata( bool _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage .state() .advCfg .useBurnTokenIdForMetadata = _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata; } /** * @notice Burn tokens from other contracts in order to mint tokens on this contract * @dev This contract must be approved by the caller to transfer the tokens being burned * @param _contracts The contracts of the tokens to burn in the same order as the array burnTokens * @param _tokenIds Nested array of token ids to burn for 721 and amounts to burn for 1155 corresponding to _contracts * @param _tokensToMint The number of tokens to mint */ function burnToMint( address[] calldata _contracts, uint256[][] calldata _tokenIds, uint256 _tokensToMint ) external payable nonReentrant { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); uint256 contractsLength = _contracts.length; uint256 burnTokenLength = state.burnTokens.length; require(burnTokenLength > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED"); require(state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED"); require(state.advCfg.burnClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE"); require( contractsLength == _tokenIds.length, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH" ); require(contractsLength == burnTokenLength, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"); require( totalSupply() + _tokensToMint <= state.cfg.maxSupply, "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); uint256 burnPayment = burnPaymentInWei(); uint256 burnPaymentTotal = burnPayment * (_tokensToMint / state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn); if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) { uint256 heymintFee = _tokensToMint * heymintFeePerToken(); require( msg.value == burnPaymentTotal + heymintFee, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID" ); (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}(""); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } else { require(msg.value == burnPaymentTotal, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"); } for (uint256 i = 0; i < burnTokenLength; i++) { BurnToken memory burnToken = state.burnTokens[i]; require( burnToken.contractAddress == _contracts[i], "INCORRECT_CONTRACT" ); if (burnToken.tokenType == 1) { uint256 _tokenIdsLength = _tokenIds[i].length; require( (_tokenIdsLength / burnToken.tokensPerBurn) * state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn == _tokensToMint, "INCORRECT_NO_OF_TOKENS_TO_BURN" ); for (uint256 j = 0; j < _tokenIdsLength; j++) { IERC721 burnContract = IERC721(_contracts[i]); uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i][j]; require( burnContract.ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN" ); burnContract.transferFrom(msg.sender, burnAddress, tokenId); } } else if (burnToken.tokenType == 2) { uint256 amountToBurn = _tokenIds[i][0]; require( (amountToBurn / burnToken.tokensPerBurn) * state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn == _tokensToMint, "INCORRECT_NO_OF_TOKENS_TO_BURN" ); IERC1155 burnContract = IERC1155(_contracts[i]); require( burnContract.balanceOf(msg.sender, burnToken.tokenId) >= amountToBurn, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN" ); burnContract.safeTransferFrom( msg.sender, burnAddress, burnToken.tokenId, amountToBurn, "" ); } } if (state.advCfg.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata) { require( _tokenIds[0].length == _tokensToMint, "BURN_TOKENS_MUST_MATCH_MINT_NO" ); uint256 firstNewTokenId = _nextTokenId(); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokensToMint; i++) { state.data.tokenIdToBurnTokenId[ firstNewTokenId + i ] = _tokenIds[0][i]; } } _safeMint(msg.sender, _tokensToMint); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol"; import {AdvancedConfig, Data, BaseConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol"; import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol"; contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionC is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable { using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State; event Stake(uint256 indexed tokenId); event Unstake(uint256 indexed tokenId); // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============ /** * @notice Update the specific token URI for a set of tokens * @param _tokenIds The token IDs to update * @param _newURIs The new URIs to use */ function setTokenURIs( uint256[] calldata _tokenIds, string[] calldata _newURIs ) external onlyOwner { require(!HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen, "NOT_ACTIVE"); uint256 tokenIdsLength = _tokenIds.length; require(tokenIdsLength == _newURIs.length); for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIdsLength; i++) { HeyMintStorage.state().data.tokenURIs[_tokenIds[i]] = _newURIs[i]; } } function baseTokenURI() external view returns (string memory) { return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase; } // ============ CREDIT CARD PAYMENT ============ /** * @notice Returns the public price in wei. Public price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals */ function _publicPriceInWei() internal view returns (uint256) { return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice) * 10 ** 13; } /** * @notice Returns if public sale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true. */ function _publicSaleTimeIsActive() internal view returns (bool) { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); if ( state.cfg.usePublicSaleTimes == false || state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime == 0 || state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime == 0 ) { return true; } return block.timestamp >= state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime && block.timestamp <= state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime; } /** * @notice Returns an array of default addresses authorized to call creditCardMint */ function getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses() public pure returns (address[5] memory) { return [ 0xf3DB642663231887E2Ff3501da6E3247D8634A6D, 0x5e01a33C75931aD0A91A12Ee016Be8D61b24ADEB, 0x9E733848061e4966c4a920d5b99a123459670aEe, 0x7754B94345BCE520f8dd4F6a5642567603e90E10, 0xdAb1a1854214684acE522439684a145E62505233 ]; } /** * @notice Set an address authorized to call creditCardMint * @param _creditCardMintAddress The new address to authorize */ function setCreditCardMintAddress( address _creditCardMintAddress ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage .state() .advCfg .creditCardMintAddress = _creditCardMintAddress; } function creditCardMint( uint256 _numTokens, address _to ) external payable nonReentrant { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); address[5] memory defaultAddresses = getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses(); bool authorized = false; for (uint256 i = 0; i < defaultAddresses.length; i++) { if (msg.sender == defaultAddresses[i]) { authorized = true; break; } } require( authorized || msg.sender == state.advCfg.creditCardMintAddress, "NOT_AUTHORIZED_ADDRESS" ); require(state.cfg.publicSaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE"); require(_publicSaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE"); require( state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 || _numberMinted(_to) + _numTokens <= state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress, "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED" ); require( state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 || _numTokens <= state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction, "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED" ); require( totalSupply() + _numTokens <= state.cfg.maxSupply, "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); uint256 publicPrice = _publicPriceInWei(); if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) { uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken(); require( msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens + heymintFee, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID" ); (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}(""); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } else { require( msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID" ); } if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) { uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId(); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) { HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[ firstTokenIdToMint + i ] = publicPrice; } } _safeMint(_to, _numTokens); if (totalSupply() >= state.cfg.maxSupply) { state.cfg.publicSaleActive = false; } } // ============ SOULBINDING ============ /** * @notice Change the admin address used to transfer tokens if needed. * @param _adminAddress The new soulbound admin address */ function setSoulboundAdminAddress( address _adminAddress ) external onlyOwner { AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg; require(!advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled); advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress = _adminAddress; } /** * @notice Disallow admin transfers of soulbound tokens permanently. */ function disableSoulbindAdminTransfersPermanently() external onlyOwner { AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg; advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress = address(0); advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled = true; } /** * @notice Turn soulbinding on or off * @param _soulbindingActive If true soulbinding is active */ function setSoulbindingState(bool _soulbindingActive) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive = _soulbindingActive; } /** * @notice Allows an admin address to initiate token transfers if user wallets get hacked or lost * This function can only be used on soulbound tokens to prevent arbitrary transfers of normal tokens * @param _from The address to transfer from * @param _to The address to transfer to * @param _tokenId The token id to transfer */ function soulboundAdminTransfer( address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId ) external { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); address adminAddress = state.advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress == address(0) ? owner() : state.advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress; require(msg.sender == adminAddress, "NOT_ADMIN"); require(state.cfg.soulbindingActive, "NOT_ACTIVE"); require( !state.advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled, "NOT_ACTIVE" ); state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress = true; _directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId); safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId); state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress = false; } // ============ STAKING ============ /** * @notice Turn staking on or off * @param _stakingState The new state of staking (true = on, false = off) */ function setStakingState(bool _stakingState) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.stakingActive = _stakingState; } /** * @notice Stake an arbitrary number of tokens * @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to stake */ function stakeTokens(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); require(state.advCfg.stakingActive, "NOT_ACTIVE"); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) { uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i]; require(ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"); if (state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] == 0) { state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] = block.timestamp; emit Stake(tokenId); } } } /** * @notice Unstake an arbitrary number of tokens * @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to unstake */ function unstakeTokens(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external { Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data; for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) { uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i]; require(ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"); if (data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] != 0) { data.totalTimeStaked[tokenId] += block.timestamp - data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId]; data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] = 0; emit Unstake(tokenId); } } } /** * @notice Allows for transfers (not sales) while staking * @param _from The address of the current owner of the token * @param _to The address of the new owner of the token * @param _tokenId The id of the token to transfer */ function stakingTransfer( address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId ) external { Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data; require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"); data.stakingTransferActive = true; safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId); data.stakingTransferActive = false; } /** * @notice Allow contract owner to forcibly unstake a token if needed * @param _tokenId The id of the token to unstake */ function adminUnstake(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner { Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data; require(HeyMintStorage.state().data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId] != 0); data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId] += block.timestamp - data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId]; data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId] = 0; emit Unstake(_tokenId); } /** * @notice Return the total amount of time a token has been staked * @param _tokenId The id of the token to check */ function totalTokenStakeTime( uint256 _tokenId ) external view returns (uint256) { Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data; uint256 currentStakeStartTime = data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId]; if (currentStakeStartTime != 0) { return (block.timestamp - currentStakeStartTime) + data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId]; } return data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId]; } /** * @notice Return the amount of time a token has been currently staked * @param _tokenId The id of the token to check */ function currentTokenStakeTime( uint256 _tokenId ) external view returns (uint256) { uint256 currentStakeStartTime = HeyMintStorage .state() .data .currentTimeStaked[_tokenId]; if (currentStakeStartTime != 0) { return block.timestamp - currentStakeStartTime; } return 0; } // ============ FREE CLAIM ============ /** * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow free claiming tokens * @param _freeClaimActive If true tokens can be claimed for free */ function setFreeClaimState(bool _freeClaimActive) external onlyOwner { AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg; if (_freeClaimActive) { require( advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress != address(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED" ); require(advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED"); } advCfg.freeClaimActive = _freeClaimActive; } /** * @notice Set the contract address of the NFT eligible for free claim * @param _freeClaimContractAddress The new contract address */ function setFreeClaimContractAddress( address _freeClaimContractAddress ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage .state() .advCfg .freeClaimContractAddress = _freeClaimContractAddress; } /** * @notice Update the number of free mints claimable per token redeemed from the external ERC721 contract * @param _mintsPerFreeClaim The new number of free mints per token redeemed */ function updateMintsPerFreeClaim( uint8 _mintsPerFreeClaim ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim = _mintsPerFreeClaim; } /** * @notice Check if an array of tokens is eligible for free claim * @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to check */ function checkFreeClaimEligibility( uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs ) external view returns (bool[] memory) { Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data; bool[] memory eligible = new bool[](_tokenIDs.length); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIDs.length; i++) { eligible[i] = !data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]]; } return eligible; } /** * @notice Free claim token when msg.sender owns the token in the external contract * @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to redeem */ function freeClaim( uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs ) external payable nonReentrant { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); uint256 tokenIdsLength = _tokenIDs.length; uint256 totalMints = tokenIdsLength * state.advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim; require( state.advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress != address(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED" ); require(state.advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED"); require(state.advCfg.freeClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE"); require( totalSupply() + totalMints <= state.cfg.maxSupply, "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) { uint256 heymintFee = totalMints * heymintFeePerToken(); require(msg.value == heymintFee, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT"); (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}(""); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } IERC721 ExternalERC721FreeClaimContract = IERC721( state.advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress ); for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIdsLength; i++) { require( ExternalERC721FreeClaimContract.ownerOf(_tokenIDs[i]) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN" ); require( !state.data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]], "TOKEN_ALREADY_CLAIMED" ); state.data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]] = true; } _safeMint(msg.sender, totalMints); } // ============ RANDOM HASH ============ /** * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow random hash generation * @param _randomHashActive true to enable random hash generation, false to disable */ function setGenerateRandomHashState( bool _randomHashActive ) external onlyOwner { BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg; cfg.randomHashActive = _randomHashActive; } /** * @notice Retrieve random hashes for an array of token ids * @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to retrieve random hashes for */ function getRandomHashes( uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs ) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) { Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data; bytes32[] memory randomHashes = new bytes32[](_tokenIDs.length); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIDs.length; i++) { randomHashes[i] = data.randomHashStore[_tokenIDs[i]]; } return randomHashes; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol"; import {AdvancedConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol"; import {MerkleProofUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol"; import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol"; contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionD is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable { using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State; event Loan(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId); event LoanRetrieved(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId); // Address of the HeyMint admin address address public constant heymintAdminAddress = 0x52EA5F96f004d174470901Ba3F1984D349f0D3eF; // Address where burnt tokens are sent. address public constant burnAddress = 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD; // ============ HEYMINT FEE ============ /** * @notice Allows the heymintAdminAddress to set the heymint fee per token * @param _heymintFeePerToken The new fee per token in wei */ function setHeymintFeePerToken(uint256 _heymintFeePerToken) external { require(msg.sender == heymintAdminAddress, "MUST_BE_HEYMINT_ADMIN"); HeyMintStorage.state().data.heymintFeePerToken = _heymintFeePerToken; } // ============ HEYMINT DEPOSIT TOKEN REDEMPTION ============ /** * @notice Returns the deposit payment in wei. Deposit payment is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals */ function remainingDepositPaymentInWei() public view returns (uint256) { return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.remainingDepositPayment) * 10 ** 13; } /** * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow burning a deposit token to mint * @param _depositClaimActive If true deposit tokens can be burned in order to mint */ function setDepositClaimState(bool _depositClaimActive) external onlyOwner { AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg; if (_depositClaimActive) { require(advCfg.depositMerkleRoot != bytes32(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED"); require( advCfg.depositContractAddress != address(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED" ); } advCfg.depositClaimActive = _depositClaimActive; } /** * @notice Set the merkle root used to validate the deposit tokens eligible for burning * @dev Each leaf in the merkle tree is the token id of a deposit token * @param _depositMerkleRoot The new merkle root */ function setDepositMerkleRoot( bytes32 _depositMerkleRoot ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.depositMerkleRoot = _depositMerkleRoot; } /** * @notice Set the address of the HeyMint deposit contract eligible for burning to mint * @param _depositContractAddress The new deposit contract address */ function setDepositContractAddress( address _depositContractAddress ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage .state() .advCfg .depositContractAddress = _depositContractAddress; } /** * @notice Set the remaining payment required in order to mint along with burning a deposit token * @param _remainingDepositPayment The new remaining payment in centiETH */ function setRemainingDepositPayment( uint32 _remainingDepositPayment ) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage .state() .advCfg .remainingDepositPayment = _remainingDepositPayment; } /** * @notice Allows for burning deposit tokens in order to mint. The tokens must be eligible for burning. * Additional payment may be required in addition to burning the deposit tokens. * @dev This contract must be approved by the caller to transfer the deposit tokens being burned * @param _tokenIds The token ids of the deposit tokens to burn * @param _merkleProofs The merkle proofs for each token id verifying eligibility */ function burnDepositTokensToMint( uint256[] calldata _tokenIds, bytes32[][] calldata _merkleProofs ) external payable nonReentrant { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); require(state.advCfg.depositMerkleRoot != bytes32(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED"); require( state.advCfg.depositContractAddress != address(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED" ); require(state.advCfg.depositClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE"); uint256 numberOfTokens = _tokenIds.length; require(numberOfTokens > 0, "NO_TOKEN_IDS_PROVIDED"); require( numberOfTokens == _merkleProofs.length, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH" ); require( totalSupply() + numberOfTokens <= state.cfg.maxSupply, "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); require( msg.value == remainingDepositPaymentInWei() * numberOfTokens, "INCORRECT_REMAINING_PAYMENT" ); IERC721 DepositContract = IERC721(state.advCfg.depositContractAddress); for (uint256 i = 0; i < numberOfTokens; i++) { require( MerkleProofUpgradeable.verify( _merkleProofs[i], state.advCfg.depositMerkleRoot, keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_tokenIds[i])) ), "INVALID_MERKLE_PROOF" ); require( DepositContract.ownerOf(_tokenIds[i]) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN" ); DepositContract.transferFrom(msg.sender, burnAddress, _tokenIds[i]); } _safeMint(msg.sender, numberOfTokens); } // ============ CONDITIONAL FUNDING ============ /** * @notice Returns the funding target in wei. Funding target is stored with 2 decimals (1 = 0.01 ETH), so total 2 + 16 == 18 decimals */ function fundingTargetInWei() public view returns (uint256) { return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.fundingTarget) * 10 ** 16; } /** * @notice To be called by anyone once the funding duration has passed to determine if the funding target was reached * If the funding target was not reached, all funds are refundable. Must be called before owner can withdraw funds */ function determineFundingSuccess() external { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); require(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED"); require( address(this).balance >= fundingTargetInWei(), "FUNDING_TARGET_NOT_MET" ); require( !state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined, "SUCCESS_ALREADY_DETERMINED" ); state.data.fundingTargetReached = true; state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined = true; } /** * @notice Burn tokens and return the price paid to the token owner if the funding target was not reached * Can be called starting 1 day after funding duration ends * @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to be refunded */ function burnToRefund(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external nonReentrant { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); // Prevent refunding tokens on a contract where conditional funding has not been enabled require(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED"); require( block.timestamp > uint256(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt) + 1 days, "FUNDING_PERIOD_STILL_ACTIVE" ); require(!state.data.fundingTargetReached, "FUNDING_TARGET_WAS_MET"); require( address(this).balance < fundingTargetInWei(), "FUNDING_TARGET_WAS_MET" ); uint256 totalRefund = 0; for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) { require(ownerOf(_tokenIds[i]) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"); require( state.data.pricePaid[_tokenIds[i]] > 0, "TOKEN_WAS_NOT_PURCHASED" ); safeTransferFrom( msg.sender, 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD, _tokenIds[i] ); totalRefund += state.data.pricePaid[_tokenIds[i]]; } (bool success, ) = payable(msg.sender).call{value: totalRefund}(""); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } // ============ LOANING ============ /** * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow for loan functionality to turned on and off * @param _loaningActive The new state of loaning (true = on, false = off) */ function setLoaningActive(bool _loaningActive) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.loaningActive = _loaningActive; } /** * @notice Allow owner to loan their tokens to other addresses * @param _tokenId The id of the token to loan * @param _receiver The address of the receiver of the loan */ function loan(uint256 _tokenId, address _receiver) external nonReentrant { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); require( state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] == address(0), "CANNOT_LOAN_BORROWED_TOKEN" ); require(state.advCfg.loaningActive, "NOT_ACTIVE"); require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"); require(_receiver != msg.sender, "CANNOT_LOAN_TO_SELF"); // Transfer the token - must do this before updating the mapping otherwise transfer will fail; nonReentrant modifier will prevent reentrancy safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, _receiver, _tokenId); // Add it to the mapping of originally loaned tokens state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] = msg.sender; // Add to the owner's loan balance state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[msg.sender] += 1; state.data.currentLoanTotal += 1; emit Loan(msg.sender, _receiver, _tokenId); } /** * @notice Allow the original owner of a token to retrieve a loaned token * @param _tokenId The id of the token to retrieve */ function retrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); address borrowerAddress = ownerOf(_tokenId); require(borrowerAddress != msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"); require( state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN" ); // Remove it from the array of loaned out tokens delete state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId]; // Subtract from the owner's loan balance state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[msg.sender] -= 1; state.data.currentLoanTotal -= 1; // Transfer the token back _directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId); safeTransferFrom(borrowerAddress, msg.sender, _tokenId); emit LoanRetrieved(borrowerAddress, msg.sender, _tokenId); } /** * @notice Allow contract owner to retrieve a loan to prevent malicious floor listings * @param _tokenId The id of the token to retrieve */ function adminRetrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); address borrowerAddress = ownerOf(_tokenId); address loanerAddress = state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId]; require(loanerAddress != address(0), "TOKEN_NOT_LOANED"); // Remove it from the array of loaned out tokens delete state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId]; // Subtract from the owner's loan balance state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[loanerAddress] -= 1; state.data.currentLoanTotal -= 1; // Transfer the token back _directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId); safeTransferFrom(borrowerAddress, loanerAddress, _tokenId); emit LoanRetrieved(borrowerAddress, loanerAddress, _tokenId); } /** * Returns the total number of loaned tokens */ function totalLoaned() public view returns (uint256) { return HeyMintStorage.state().data.currentLoanTotal; } /** * Returns the loaned balance of an address * @param _owner The address to check */ function loanedBalanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) { return HeyMintStorage.state().data.totalLoanedPerAddress[_owner]; } /** * Returns all the token ids loaned by a given address * @param _owner The address to check */ function loanedTokensByAddress( address _owner ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) { uint256 totalTokensLoaned = loanedBalanceOf(_owner); uint256 mintedSoFar = totalSupply(); uint256 tokenIdsIdx = 0; uint256[] memory allTokenIds = new uint256[](totalTokensLoaned); for ( uint256 i = 1; i <= mintedSoFar && tokenIdsIdx != totalTokensLoaned; i++ ) { if (HeyMintStorage.state().data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[i] == _owner) { allTokenIds[tokenIdsIdx] = i; tokenIdsIdx++; } } return allTokenIds; } // ============ REFUND ============ /** * @notice Returns the refund price in wei. Refund price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals */ function refundPriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) { return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundPrice) * 10 ** 13; } /** * Will return true if token holders can still return their tokens for a refund */ function refundGuaranteeActive() public view returns (bool) { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); return block.timestamp < state.advCfg.refundEndsAt; } /** * @notice Set the address where tokens are sent when refunded * @param _refundAddress The new refund address */ function setRefundAddress(address _refundAddress) external onlyOwner { require(_refundAddress != address(0), "CANNOT_SEND_TO_ZERO_ADDRESS"); HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundAddress = _refundAddress; } /** * @notice Increase the period of time where token holders can still return their tokens for a refund * @param _newRefundEndsAt The new timestamp when the refund period ends. Must be greater than the current timestamp */ function increaseRefundEndsAt(uint32 _newRefundEndsAt) external onlyOwner { AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg; require( _newRefundEndsAt > advCfg.refundEndsAt, "MUST_INCREASE_DURATION" ); HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundEndsAt = _newRefundEndsAt; } /** * @notice Refund token and return the refund price to the token owner. * @param _tokenId The id of the token to refund */ function refund(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant { require(refundGuaranteeActive(), "REFUND_GUARANTEE_EXPIRED"); require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"); HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); // In case refunds are enabled with conditional funding, don't allow burnToRefund on refunded tokens if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) { delete state.data.pricePaid[_tokenId]; } address addressToSendToken = state.advCfg.refundAddress != address(0) ? state.advCfg.refundAddress : owner(); safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, addressToSendToken, _tokenId); (bool success, ) = payable(msg.sender).call{value: refundPriceInWei()}( "" ); require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED"); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; /** * @title HeyMint ERC721A Function Reference * @author HeyMint Launchpad (https://join.heymint.xyz) * @notice This is a function reference contract for Etherscan reference purposes only. * This contract includes all the functions from multiple implementation contracts. */ contract HeyMintERC721AReference { struct BaseConfig { bool publicSaleActive; bool usePublicSaleTimes; bool presaleActive; bool usePresaleTimes; bool soulbindingActive; bool randomHashActive; bool enforceRoyalties; bool heyMintFeeActive; uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerAddress; uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress; uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction; uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction; uint16 maxSupply; uint16 presaleMaxSupply; uint16 royaltyBps; uint32 publicPrice; uint32 presalePrice; uint24 projectId; string uriBase; address presaleSignerAddress; uint32 publicSaleStartTime; uint32 publicSaleEndTime; uint32 presaleStartTime; uint32 presaleEndTime; uint32 fundingEndsAt; uint32 fundingTarget; } struct TokenOwnership { address addr; uint64 startTimestamp; bool burned; uint24 extraData; } struct AdvancedConfig { bool stakingActive; bool loaningActive; bool freeClaimActive; uint8 mintsPerFreeClaim; address freeClaimContractAddress; bool burnClaimActive; bool useBurnTokenIdForMetadata; uint8 mintsPerBurn; uint32 burnPayment; bool payoutAddressesFrozen; uint32 refundEndsAt; uint32 refundPrice; bool metadataFrozen; bool soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled; bool depositClaimActive; uint32 remainingDepositPayment; address depositContractAddress; bytes32 depositMerkleRoot; uint16[] payoutBasisPoints; address[] payoutAddresses; address royaltyPayoutAddress; address soulboundAdminAddress; address refundAddress; address creditCardMintAddress; } struct BurnToken { address contractAddress; uint8 tokenType; uint8 tokensPerBurn; uint16 tokenId; } function CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS() external view returns (address) {} function EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS() external view returns (address) {} function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable {} function balanceOf(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {} function explicitOwnershipOf( uint256 tokenId ) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {} function explicitOwnershipsOf( uint256[] memory tokenIds ) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory) {} function freezeMetadata() external {} function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {} function defaultHeymintFeePerToken() external view returns (uint256) {} function heymintFeePerToken() external view returns (uint256) {} function setHeymintFeePerToken(uint256 _heymintFeePerToken) external {} function heymintPayoutAddress() external view returns (address) {} function initialize( string memory _name, string memory _symbol, BaseConfig memory _config ) external {} function isApprovedForAll( address _owner, address operator ) external view returns (bool) {} function isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked() external view returns (bool) {} function name() external view returns (string memory) {} function numberMinted(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {} function owner() external view returns (address) {} function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {} function pause() external {} function paused() external view returns (bool) {} function publicMint(uint256 _numTokens) external payable {} function publicPriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {} function publicSaleTimeIsActive() external view returns (bool) {} function refundGuaranteeActive() external view returns (bool) {} function renounceOwnership() external {} function revokeOperatorFilterRegistry() external {} function royaltyInfo( uint256, uint256 _salePrice ) external view returns (address, uint256) {} function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) external payable {} function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data ) external payable {} function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external {} function setBaseURI(string memory _newBaseURI) external {} function setPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(uint8 _mintsAllowed) external {} function setPublicMintsAllowedPerTransaction( uint8 _mintsAllowed ) external {} function setPublicPrice(uint32 _publicPrice) external {} function setPublicSaleEndTime(uint32 _publicSaleEndTime) external {} function setPublicSaleStartTime(uint32 _publicSaleStartTime) external {} function setPublicSaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external {} function setUsePublicSaleTimes(bool _usePublicSaleTimes) external {} function setUser(uint256 tokenId, address user, uint64 expires) external {} function supportsInterface( bytes4 interfaceId ) external view returns (bool) {} function symbol() external view returns (string memory) {} function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory) {} function tokensOfOwner( address _owner ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {} function tokensOfOwnerIn( address _owner, uint256 start, uint256 stop ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {} function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256) {} function transferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) external payable {} function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external {} function unpause() external {} function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256) {} function userOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {} function withdraw() external {} function freezePayoutAddresses() external {} function getSettings() external view returns ( BaseConfig memory, AdvancedConfig memory, BurnToken[] memory, bool, bool, bool, uint256 ) {} function gift( address[] memory _receivers, uint256[] memory _mintNumber ) external payable {} function reduceMaxSupply(uint16 _newMaxSupply) external {} function setRoyaltyBasisPoints(uint16 _royaltyBps) external {} function setRoyaltyPayoutAddress(address _royaltyPayoutAddress) external {} function updateAdvancedConfig( AdvancedConfig memory _advancedConfig ) external {} function updateBaseConfig(BaseConfig memory _baseConfig) external {} function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints( address[] memory _payoutAddresses, uint16[] memory _payoutBasisPoints ) external {} function heymintAdminAddress() external view returns (address) {} function burnAddress() external view returns (address) {} function burnToMint( address[] memory _contracts, uint256[][] memory _tokenIds, uint256 _tokensToMint ) external payable {} function presaleMint( bytes32 _messageHash, bytes memory _signature, uint256 _numTokens, uint256 _maximumAllowedMints ) external payable {} function presalePriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {} function presaleTimeIsActive() external view returns (bool) {} function reducePresaleMaxSupply(uint16 _newPresaleMaxSupply) external {} function setBurnClaimState(bool _burnClaimActive) external {} function setPresaleEndTime(uint32 _presaleEndTime) external {} function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(uint8 _mintsAllowed) external {} function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction( uint8 _mintsAllowed ) external {} function setPresalePrice(uint32 _presalePrice) external {} function setPresaleSignerAddress(address _presaleSignerAddress) external {} function setPresaleStartTime(uint32 _presaleStartTime) external {} function setPresaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external {} function setUseBurnTokenIdForMetadata( bool _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata ) external {} function setUsePresaleTimes(bool _usePresaleTimes) external {} function updateBurnTokens(BurnToken[] memory _burnTokens) external {} function updateMintsPerBurn(uint8 _mintsPerBurn) external {} function adminUnstake(uint256 _tokenId) external {} function baseTokenURI() external view returns (string memory) {} function checkFreeClaimEligibility( uint256[] memory _tokenIDs ) external view returns (bool[] memory) {} function currentTokenStakeTime( uint256 _tokenId ) external view returns (uint256) {} function disableSoulbindAdminTransfersPermanently() external {} function freeClaim(uint256[] memory _tokenIDs) external payable {} function getRandomHashes( uint256[] memory _tokenIDs ) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {} function setFreeClaimContractAddress( address _freeClaimContractAddress ) external {} function setFreeClaimState(bool _freeClaimActive) external {} function setGenerateRandomHashState(bool _randomHashActive) external {} function setSoulbindingState(bool _soulbindingActive) external {} function setSoulboundAdminAddress(address _adminAddress) external {} function setStakingState(bool _stakingState) external {} function setTokenURIs( uint256[] memory _tokenIds, string[] memory _newURIs ) external {} function soulboundAdminTransfer( address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId ) external {} function stakeTokens(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {} function stakingTransfer( address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId ) external {} function totalTokenStakeTime( uint256 _tokenId ) external view returns (uint256) {} function unstakeTokens(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {} function updateMintsPerFreeClaim(uint8 _mintsPerFreeClaim) external {} function adminRetrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external {} function burnDepositTokensToMint( uint256[] memory _tokenIds, bytes32[][] memory _merkleProofs ) external payable {} function burnToRefund(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {} function determineFundingSuccess() external {} function fundingTargetInWei() external view returns (uint256) {} function increaseRefundEndsAt(uint32 _newRefundEndsAt) external {} function loan(uint256 _tokenId, address _receiver) external {} function loanedBalanceOf(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {} function loanedTokensByAddress( address _owner ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {} function refund(uint256 _tokenId) external {} function refundPriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {} function remainingDepositPaymentInWei() external view returns (uint256) {} function retrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external {} function setDepositClaimState(bool _depositClaimActive) external {} function setDepositContractAddress( address _depositContractAddress ) external {} function setDepositMerkleRoot(bytes32 _depositMerkleRoot) external {} function setLoaningActive(bool _loaningActive) external {} function setRefundAddress(address _refundAddress) external {} function setRemainingDepositPayment( uint32 _remainingDepositPayment ) external {} function totalLoaned() external view returns (uint256) {} function burnPaymentInWei() external view returns (uint256) {} function updatePaymentPerBurn(uint32 _burnPayment) external {} function setCreditCardMintAddress( address _creditCardMintAddress ) external {} function creditCardMint(uint256 _numTokens, address _to) external payable {} function getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses() public pure returns (address[5] memory) {} }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; import {Data, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol"; import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC721AStorage} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol"; import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol"; import {ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol"; import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol"; import {OwnableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol"; import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/PausableUpgradeable.sol"; import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol"; import {RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol"; /** * @title HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable * @author HeyMint Launchpad (https://join.heymint.xyz) * @notice This contract contains shared logic to be inherited by all implementation contracts */ contract HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable is ERC4907AUpgradeable, ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable, OwnableUpgradeable, PausableUpgradeable, ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable, RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable { using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State; uint256 public constant defaultHeymintFeePerToken = 0.0007 ether; address public constant heymintPayoutAddress = 0xE1FaC470dE8dE91c66778eaa155C64c7ceEFc851; // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============ /** * @dev Overrides the default ERC721A _startTokenId() so tokens begin at 1 instead of 0 */ function _startTokenId() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) { return 1; } /** * @notice Wraps and exposes publicly _numberMinted() from ERC721A * @param _owner The address of the owner to check */ function numberMinted(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) { return _numberMinted(_owner); } /** * @dev Used to directly approve a token for transfers by the current msg.sender, * bypassing the typical checks around msg.sender being the owner of a given token. * This approval will be automatically deleted once the token is transferred. * @param _tokenId The ID of the token to approve */ function _directApproveMsgSenderFor(uint256 _tokenId) internal { ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[_tokenId].value = msg.sender; } /** * @notice Returns the owner of the contract */ function owner() public view virtual override(OwnableUpgradeable, RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable) returns (address) { return OwnableUpgradeable.owner(); } // https://chiru-labs.github.io/ERC721A/#/migration?id=supportsinterface /** * @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId * @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165 */ function supportsInterface( bytes4 interfaceId ) public view virtual override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC4907AUpgradeable) returns (bool) { // Supports the following interfaceIds: // - IERC165: 0x01ffc9a7 // - IERC721: 0x80ac58cd // - IERC721Metadata: 0x5b5e139f // - IERC2981: 0x2a55205a // - IERC4907: 0xad092b5c return ERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId || ERC4907AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId); } // ============ HEYMINT FEE ============ /** * @notice Returns the HeyMint fee per token. If the fee is 0, the default fee is returned */ function heymintFeePerToken() public view returns (uint256) { uint256 fee = HeyMintStorage.state().data.heymintFeePerToken; return fee == 0 ? defaultHeymintFeePerToken : fee; } // ============ OPERATOR FILTER REGISTRY ============ /** * @notice Override default ERC-721 setApprovalForAll to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}. * @param operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators * @param approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval */ function setApprovalForAll( address operator, bool approved ) public override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable) onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator) { require( !HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive, "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND" ); super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved); } /** * @notice Override default ERC721 approve to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange * @dev See {IERC721-approve}. * @param to Address to receive the approval * @param tokenId ID of the token to be approved */ function approve( address to, uint256 tokenId ) public payable override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable) onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(to) { require( !HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive, "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND" ); super.approve(to, tokenId); } /** * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}. * The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry. */ function transferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) public payable override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable) onlyAllowedOperator(from) { super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId); } /** * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}. * The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) public payable override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable) onlyAllowedOperator(from) { super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId); } /** * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}. * The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data ) public payable override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable) onlyAllowedOperator(from) { super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data); } // ============ RANDOM HASH ============ /** * @notice Generate a suitably random hash from block data * Can be used later to determine any sort of arbitrary outcome * @param _tokenId The token ID to generate a random hash for */ function _generateRandomHash(uint256 _tokenId) internal { Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data; if (data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] == bytes32(0)) { data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] = keccak256( abi.encode(block.prevrandao, _tokenId) ); } } // ============ TOKEN TRANSFER CHECKS ============ function _beforeTokenTransfers( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, uint256 quantity ) internal override whenNotPaused onlyAllowedOperator(from) { HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state(); require( !state.advCfg.stakingActive || state.data.stakingTransferActive || state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] == 0, "TOKEN_IS_STAKED" ); require( state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[tokenId] == address(0), "CANNOT_TRANSFER_LOANED_TOKEN" ); if ( state.cfg.soulbindingActive && !state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress ) { require(from == address(0), "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND"); } if (state.cfg.randomHashActive && from == address(0)) { _generateRandomHash(tokenId); } super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, quantity); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.18; struct Implementation { address implAddress; bytes4[] selectors; } interface IAddressRelay { /** * @notice Returns the fallback implementation address */ function fallbackImplAddress() external returns (address); /** * @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses * @param _selectors The selectors to add or update * @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to */ function addOrUpdateSelectors( bytes4[] memory _selectors, address _implAddress ) external; /** * @notice Removes selectors * @param _selectors The selectors to remove */ function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external; /** * @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it * @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove */ function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors(address _implAddress) external; /** * @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector * @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for */ function getImplAddress( bytes4 _functionSelector ) external view returns (address implAddress_); /** * @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support * @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs */ function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors() external view returns (Implementation[] memory impls_); /** * @notice Return all the fucntion selectors associated with an implementation address * @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for */ function getSelectorsForImplAddress( address _implAddress ) external view returns (bytes4[] memory selectors_); /** * @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found * @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address */ function setFallbackImplAddress(address _fallbackAddress) external; /** * @notice Updates the supported interfaces * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update * @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not */ function updateSupportedInterfaces( bytes4 _interfaceId, bool _supported ) external; /** * @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check */ function supportsInterface( bytes4 _interfaceId ) external view returns (bool); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.18; interface IERC165 { /// @notice Query if a contract implements an interface /// @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165 /// @dev Interface identification is specified in ERC-165. This function /// uses less than 30,000 gas. /// @return `true` if the contract implements `interfaceID` and /// `interfaceID` is not 0xffffffff, `false` otherwise function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.18; /// @title ERC-173 Contract Ownership Standard /// Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0x7f5828d0 /* is ERC165 */ interface IERC173 { /// @dev This emits when ownership of a contract changes. event OwnershipTransferred( address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner ); /// @notice Get the address of the owner /// @return owner_ The address of the owner. function owner() external view returns (address owner_); /// @notice Set the address of the new owner of the contract /// @dev Set _newOwner to address(0) to renounce any ownership. /// @param _newOwner The address of the new owner of the contract function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) external; }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.18; interface IExchangeOperatorAddressList { /** * @notice Returns an integer representing the exchange a given operator address belongs to (0 if none) * @param _operatorAddress The operator address to map to an exchange */ function operatorAddressToExchange( address _operatorAddress ) external view returns (uint256); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; struct BaseConfig { // If true tokens can be minted in the public sale bool publicSaleActive; // If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the public sale will be enforced, otherwise ignored bool usePublicSaleTimes; // If true tokens can be minted in the presale bool presaleActive; // If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the presale will be enforced, otherwise ignored bool usePresaleTimes; // If true, all tokens will be soulbound bool soulbindingActive; // If true, a random hash will be generated for each token bool randomHashActive; // If true, the default CORI subscription address will be used to enforce royalties with the Operator Filter Registry bool enforceRoyalties; // If true, HeyMint fees will be charged for minting tokens bool heyMintFeeActive; // The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per address uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerAddress; // The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale per address uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress; // The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per transaction uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction; // The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale sale per transaction uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction; // Maximum supply of tokens that can be minted uint16 maxSupply; // Total number of tokens available for minting in the presale uint16 presaleMaxSupply; // The royalty payout percentage in basis points uint16 royaltyBps; // The price of a token in the public sale in 1/100,000 ETH - e.g. 1 = 0.00001 ETH, 100,000 = 1 ETH - multiply by 10^13 to get correct wei amount uint32 publicPrice; // The price of a token in the presale in 1/100,000 ETH uint32 presalePrice; // Used to create a default HeyMint Launchpad URI for token metadata to save gas over setting a custom URI and increase fetch reliability uint24 projectId; // The base URI for all token metadata string uriBase; // The address used to sign and validate presale mints address presaleSignerAddress; // The automatic start time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true) uint32 publicSaleStartTime; // The automatic end time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true) uint32 publicSaleEndTime; // The automatic start time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true) uint32 presaleStartTime; // The automatic end time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true) uint32 presaleEndTime; // If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds by which the fundingTarget must be met or funds are refundable uint32 fundingEndsAt; // The amount of centiETH that must be raised by fundingEndsAt or funds are refundable - multiply by 10^16 uint32 fundingTarget; } struct AdvancedConfig { // When false, tokens cannot be staked but can still be unstaked bool stakingActive; // When false, tokens cannot be loaned but can still be retrieved bool loaningActive; // If true tokens can be claimed for free bool freeClaimActive; // The number of tokens that can be minted per free claim uint8 mintsPerFreeClaim; // Optional address of an NFT that is eligible for free claim address freeClaimContractAddress; // If true tokens can be burned in order to mint bool burnClaimActive; // If true, the original token id of a burned token will be used for metadata bool useBurnTokenIdForMetadata; // The number of tokens that can be minted per burn transaction uint8 mintsPerBurn; // The payment required alongside a burn transaction in order to mint in 1/100,000 ETH uint32 burnPayment; // Permanently freezes payout addresses and basis points so they can never be updated bool payoutAddressesFrozen; // If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds until which tokens are refundable for refundPrice uint32 refundEndsAt; // The amount returned to a user in a token refund in 1/100,000 ETH uint32 refundPrice; // Permanently freezes metadata so it can never be changed bool metadataFrozen; // If true the soulbind admin address is permanently disabled bool soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled; // If true deposit tokens can be burned in order to mint bool depositClaimActive; // If additional payment is required to mint, this is the amount required in centiETH uint32 remainingDepositPayment; // The deposit token smart contract address address depositContractAddress; // The merkle root used to validate if deposit tokens are eligible to burn to mint bytes32 depositMerkleRoot; // The respective share of funds to be sent to each address in payoutAddresses in basis points uint16[] payoutBasisPoints; // The addresses to which funds are sent when a token is sold. If empty, funds are sent to the contract owner. address[] payoutAddresses; // Optional address where royalties are paid out. If not set, royalties are paid to the contract owner. address royaltyPayoutAddress; // Used to allow transferring soulbound tokens with admin privileges. Defaults to the contract owner if not set. address soulboundAdminAddress; // The address where refunded tokens are returned. If not set, refunded tokens are sent to the contract owner. address refundAddress; // An address authorized to call the creditCardMint function. address creditCardMintAddress; } struct BurnToken { // The contract address of the token to be burned address contractAddress; // The type of contract - 1 = ERC-721, 2 = ERC-1155 uint8 tokenType; // The number of tokens to burn per mint uint8 tokensPerBurn; // The ID of the token on an ERC-1155 contract eligible for burn; unused for ERC-721 uint16 tokenId; } struct Data { // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============ // HeyMint fee to be paid per minted token (if not set, defaults to defaultHeymintFeePerToken) uint256 heymintFeePerToken; // Keeps track of if advanced config settings have been initialized to prevent setting multiple times bool advancedConfigInitialized; // A mapping of token IDs to specific tokenURIs for tokens that have custom metadata mapping(uint256 => string) tokenURIs; // ============ CONDITIONAL FUNDING ============ // If true, the funding target was reached and funds are not refundable bool fundingTargetReached; // If true, funding success has been determined and determineFundingSuccess() can no longer be called bool fundingSuccessDetermined; // A mapping of token ID to price paid for the token mapping(uint256 => uint256) pricePaid; // ============ SOULBINDING ============ // Used to allow an admin to transfer soulbound tokens when necessary bool soulboundAdminTransferInProgress; // ============ BURN TO MINT ============ // Maps a token id to the burn token id that was used to mint it to match metadata mapping(uint256 => uint256) tokenIdToBurnTokenId; // ============ STAKING ============ // Used to allow direct transfers of staked tokens without unstaking first bool stakingTransferActive; // Returns the UNIX timestamp at which a token began staking if currently staked mapping(uint256 => uint256) currentTimeStaked; // Returns the total time a token has been staked in seconds, not counting the current staking time if any mapping(uint256 => uint256) totalTimeStaked; // ============ LOANING ============ // Used to keep track of the total number of tokens on loan uint256 currentLoanTotal; // Returns the total number of tokens loaned by an address mapping(address => uint256) totalLoanedPerAddress; // Returns the address of the original token owner if a token is currently on loan mapping(uint256 => address) tokenOwnersOnLoan; // ============ FREE CLAIM ============ // If true token has already been used to claim and cannot be used again mapping(uint256 => bool) freeClaimUsed; // ============ RANDOM HASH ============ // Stores a random hash for each token ID mapping(uint256 => bytes32) randomHashStore; } library HeyMintStorage { struct State { BaseConfig cfg; AdvancedConfig advCfg; BurnToken[] burnTokens; Data data; } bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256("heymint.launchpad.storage.erc721a"); function state() internal pure returns (State storage s) { bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT; assembly { s.slot := slot } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.17; import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol"; import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol"; import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol"; import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol"; import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol"; import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol"; /** * @author Created with HeyMint Launchpad https://launchpad.heymint.xyz * @notice This contract handles minting Verification test tokens. */ contract EnumerableERC1155 is ERC1155Supply, Ownable, Pausable, ReentrancyGuard, ERC2981 { using ECDSA for bytes32; // Used to validate authorized presale mint addresses address private presaleSignerAddress = 0x0fE6E0D15E6F775138Ab556dE54B96d5C1358F3D; address public royaltyAddress = 0x7A4dF7B461f1bE3e88373a4d933aeefE2FAdcE71; address[] public payoutAddresses = [ 0xD3371FD388664Bd16A267788dbE977582B850f5b ]; // Permanently freezes metadata for all tokens so they can never be changed bool public allMetadataFrozen = false; // If true, payout addresses and basis points are permanently frozen and can never be updated bool public payoutAddressesFrozen; // The amount of tokens minted by a given address for a given token id mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) public tokensMintedByAddress; // Permanently freezes metadata for a specific token id so it can never be changed mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenMetadataFrozen; // If true, the given token id can never be minted again mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled; mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenPresaleSaleActive; mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenPublicSaleActive; // If true, sale start and end times for the presale will be enforced, else ignored mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenUsePresaleTimes; // If true, sale start and end times for the public sale will be enforced, else ignored mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenUsePublicSaleTimes; mapping(uint256 => string) public tokenURI; // Maximum supply of tokens that can be minted for each token id. If zero, this token is open edition and has no mint limit mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenMaxSupply; // If zero, this token is open edition and has no mint limit mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleMaxSupply; mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress; mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresalePrice; mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleSaleEndTime; mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleSaleStartTime; mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicMintsPerAddress; mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicPrice; mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicSaleEndTime; mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicSaleStartTime; string public name = "Verification test"; string public symbol = "VRT"; // The respective share of funds to be sent to each address in payoutAddresses in basis points uint256[] public payoutBasisPoints = [10000]; uint96 public royaltyFee = 0; constructor() ERC1155( "ipfs://bafybeicin4rmb5y44r2a5jhwvobfgxutabetrttoi3u2po7pdymxt7dwdy/{id}" ) { _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee); tokenPublicPrice[1] = 0.1 ether; tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[1] = 0; require( payoutAddresses.length == payoutBasisPoints.length, "PAYOUT_ARRAYS_NOT_SAME_LENGTH" ); uint256 totalPayoutBasisPoints = 0; for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPoints.length; i++) { totalPayoutBasisPoints += payoutBasisPoints[i]; } require( totalPayoutBasisPoints == 10000, "TOTAL_BASIS_POINTS_MUST_BE_10000" ); } modifier originalUser() { require(tx.origin == msg.sender, "CANNOT_CALL_FROM_CONTRACT"); _; } /** * @notice Returns a custom URI for each token id if set */ function uri( uint256 _tokenId ) public view override returns (string memory) { // If no URI exists for the specific id requested, fallback to the default ERC-1155 URI. if (bytes(tokenURI[_tokenId]).length == 0) { return super.uri(_tokenId); } return tokenURI[_tokenId]; } /** * @notice Sets a URI for a specific token id. */ function setURI( uint256 _tokenId, string calldata _newTokenURI ) external onlyOwner { require( !allMetadataFrozen && !tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId], "METADATA_HAS_BEEN_FROZEN" ); tokenURI[_tokenId] = _newTokenURI; } /** * @notice Update the global default ERC-1155 base URI */ function setGlobalURI(string calldata _newTokenURI) external onlyOwner { require(!allMetadataFrozen, "METADATA_HAS_BEEN_FROZEN"); _setURI(_newTokenURI); } /** * @notice Freeze metadata for a specific token id so it can never be changed again */ function freezeTokenMetadata(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner { require( !tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId], "METADATA_HAS_ALREADY_BEEN_FROZEN" ); tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId] = true; } /** * @notice Freeze all metadata so it can never be changed again */ function freezeAllMetadata() external onlyOwner { require(!allMetadataFrozen, "METADATA_HAS_ALREADY_BEEN_FROZEN"); allMetadataFrozen = true; } /** * @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens for a given token id * @param _newMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint * @param _tokenId The token id to reduce the max supply for */ function reduceMaxSupply( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _newMaxSupply ) external onlyOwner { require( tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 || _newMaxSupply < tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId], "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH" ); require( _newMaxSupply >= totalSupply(_tokenId), "SUPPLY_LOWER_THAN_MINTED_TOKENS" ); tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] = _newMaxSupply; } /** * @notice Lock a token id so that it can never be minted again */ function permanentlyDisableTokenMinting( uint256 _tokenId ) external onlyOwner { tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId] = true; } /** * @notice Change the royalty fee for the collection */ function setRoyaltyFee(uint96 _feeNumerator) external onlyOwner { royaltyFee = _feeNumerator; _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee); } /** * @notice Change the royalty address where royalty payouts are sent */ function setRoyaltyAddress(address _royaltyAddress) external onlyOwner { royaltyAddress = _royaltyAddress; _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee); } function pause() external onlyOwner { _pause(); } function unpause() external onlyOwner { _unpause(); } /** * @notice Override ERC1155 such that zero amount token transfers are disallowed. * This prevents arbitrary 'creation' of new tokens in the collection by anyone. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 id, uint256 amount, bytes memory data ) public override { require(amount > 0, "AMOUNT_CANNOT_BE_ZERO"); return super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data); } function supportsInterface( bytes4 _interfaceId ) public view override(ERC1155, ERC2981) returns (bool) { return super.supportsInterface(_interfaceId); } /** * @notice Allow owner to send tokens without cost to multiple addresses */ function giftTokens( uint256 _tokenId, address[] calldata _receivers, uint256[] calldata _mintNumber ) external onlyOwner { require( !tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId], "MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED" ); uint256 totalMint = 0; for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber.length; i++) { totalMint += _mintNumber[i]; } // require either no tokenMaxSupply set or tokenMaxSupply not maxed out require( tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 || totalSupply(_tokenId) + totalMint <= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId], "MINT_TOO_LARGE" ); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) { _mint(_receivers[i], _tokenId, _mintNumber[i], ""); } } /** * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow public sale minting for a given token */ function setTokenPublicSaleState( uint256 _tokenId, bool _saleActiveState ) external onlyOwner { require( tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] != _saleActiveState, "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE" ); tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] = _saleActiveState; } /** * @notice Update the public mint price for a given token */ function setTokenPublicPrice( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _publicPrice ) external onlyOwner { tokenPublicPrice[_tokenId] = _publicPrice; } /** * @notice Set the maximum public mints allowed per a given address for a given token */ function setTokenPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _mintsAllowed ) external onlyOwner { tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] = _mintsAllowed; } /** * @notice Update the start time for public mint for a given token */ function setTokenPublicSaleStartTime( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _publicSaleStartTime ) external onlyOwner { require(_publicSaleStartTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST"); tokenPublicSaleStartTime[_tokenId] = _publicSaleStartTime; } /** * @notice Update the end time for public mint for a given token */ function setTokenPublicSaleEndTime( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _publicSaleEndTime ) external onlyOwner { require(_publicSaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST"); tokenPublicSaleEndTime[_tokenId] = _publicSaleEndTime; } /** * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic public sale times for a given token */ function setTokenUsePublicSaleTimes( uint256 _tokenId, bool _usePublicSaleTimes ) external onlyOwner { require( tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] != _usePublicSaleTimes, "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE" ); tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] = _usePublicSaleTimes; } /** * @notice Returns if public sale times are active for a given token */ function tokenPublicSaleTimeIsActive( uint256 _tokenId ) public view returns (bool) { if (tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] == false) { return true; } return block.timestamp >= tokenPublicSaleStartTime[_tokenId] && block.timestamp <= tokenPublicSaleEndTime[_tokenId]; } /** * @notice Allow for public minting of tokens for a given token */ function mintToken( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _numTokens ) external payable originalUser nonReentrant { require(tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId], "PUBLIC_SALE_IS_NOT_ACTIVE"); require( tokenPublicSaleTimeIsActive(_tokenId), "PUBLIC_SALE_TIME_IS_NOT_ACTIVE" ); require( tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] == 0 || tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <= tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId], "MAX_MINTS_FOR_ADDRESS_EXCEEDED" ); require( tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 || totalSupply(_tokenId) + _numTokens <= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId], "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); require( msg.value == tokenPublicPrice[_tokenId] * _numTokens, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT" ); require( !tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId], "MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED" ); tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] += _numTokens; _mint(msg.sender, _tokenId, _numTokens, ""); if ( tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] != 0 && totalSupply(_tokenId) >= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] ) { tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] = false; } } /** * @notice Set the signer address used to verify presale minting */ function setPresaleSignerAddress( address _presaleSignerAddress ) external onlyOwner { require(_presaleSignerAddress != address(0)); presaleSignerAddress = _presaleSignerAddress; } /** * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow presale minting for a given token */ function setTokenPresaleState( uint256 _tokenId, bool _saleActiveState ) external onlyOwner { require( tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] != _saleActiveState, "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE" ); tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] = _saleActiveState; } /** * @notice Update the presale mint price for a given token */ function setTokenPresalePrice( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _presalePrice ) external onlyOwner { tokenPresalePrice[_tokenId] = _presalePrice; } /** * @notice Set the maximum presale mints allowed per a given address for a given token */ function setTokenPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _mintsAllowed ) external onlyOwner { tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] = _mintsAllowed; } /** * @notice Reduce the presale max supply of tokens for a given token id * @param _newPresaleMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint * @param _tokenId The token id to reduce the max supply for */ function reducePresaleMaxSupply( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _newPresaleMaxSupply ) external onlyOwner { require( tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 || _newPresaleMaxSupply < tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId], "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH" ); tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] = _newPresaleMaxSupply; } /** * @notice Update the start time for presale mint for a given token */ function setTokenPresaleStartTime( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _presaleStartTime ) external onlyOwner { require(_presaleStartTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST"); tokenPresaleSaleStartTime[_tokenId] = _presaleStartTime; } /** * @notice Update the end time for presale mint for a given token */ function setTokenPresaleEndTime( uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _presaleEndTime ) external onlyOwner { require(_presaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST"); tokenPresaleSaleEndTime[_tokenId] = _presaleEndTime; } /** * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic presale times for a given token */ function setTokenUsePresaleTimes( uint256 _tokenId, bool _usePresaleTimes ) external onlyOwner { require( tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] != _usePresaleTimes, "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE" ); tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] = _usePresaleTimes; } /** * @notice Returns if presale times are active for a given token */ function tokenPresaleTimeIsActive( uint256 _tokenId ) public view returns (bool) { if (tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] == false) { return true; } return block.timestamp >= tokenPresaleSaleStartTime[_tokenId] && block.timestamp <= tokenPresaleSaleEndTime[_tokenId]; } /** * @notice Verify that a signed message is validly signed by the presaleSignerAddress */ function verifySignerAddress( bytes32 _messageHash, bytes calldata _signature ) private view returns (bool) { return presaleSignerAddress == _messageHash.toEthSignedMessageHash().recover(_signature); } /** * @notice Allow for allowlist minting of tokens */ function presaleMint( bytes32 _messageHash, bytes calldata _signature, uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _numTokens, uint256 _maximumAllowedMints ) external payable originalUser nonReentrant { require(tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId], "PRESALE_IS_NOT_ACTIVE"); require( tokenPresaleTimeIsActive(_tokenId), "PRESALE_TIME_IS_NOT_ACTIVE" ); require( !tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId], "MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED" ); require( tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] == 0 || tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <= tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId], "MAX_MINTS_PER_ADDRESS_EXCEEDED" ); require( _maximumAllowedMints == 0 || tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <= _maximumAllowedMints, "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED" ); require( tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 || totalSupply(_tokenId) + _numTokens <= tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId], "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED" ); require( msg.value == tokenPresalePrice[_tokenId] * _numTokens, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT" ); require( keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, _maximumAllowedMints, _tokenId)) == _messageHash, "MESSAGE_INVALID" ); require( verifySignerAddress(_messageHash, _signature), "SIGNATURE_VALIDATION_FAILED" ); tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] += _numTokens; _mint(msg.sender, _tokenId, _numTokens, ""); if ( tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] != 0 && totalSupply(_tokenId) >= tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] ) { tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] = false; } } /** * @notice Freeze all payout addresses and percentages so they can never be changed again */ function freezePayoutAddresses() external onlyOwner { require(!payoutAddressesFrozen, "PAYOUT_ADDRESSES_ALREADY_FROZEN"); payoutAddressesFrozen = true; } /** * @notice Update payout addresses and basis points for each addresses' respective share of contract funds */ function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints( address[] calldata _payoutAddresses, uint256[] calldata _payoutBasisPoints ) external onlyOwner { require(!payoutAddressesFrozen, "PAYOUT_ADDRESSES_FROZEN"); require( _payoutAddresses.length == _payoutBasisPoints.length, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH" ); uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0; for (uint256 i = 0; i < _payoutBasisPoints.length; i++) { totalBasisPoints += _payoutBasisPoints[i]; } require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "TOTAL_BASIS_POINTS_MUST_BE_10000"); payoutAddresses = _payoutAddresses; payoutBasisPoints = _payoutBasisPoints; } /** * @notice Withdraws all funds held within contract */ function withdraw() external onlyOwner nonReentrant { require(address(this).balance > 0, "CONTRACT_HAS_NO_BALANCE"); uint256 balance = address(this).balance; for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutAddresses.length; i++) { uint256 amount = (balance * payoutBasisPoints[i]) / 10000; (bool success, ) = payoutAddresses[i].call{value: amount}(""); require(success, "Transfer failed."); } } /** * @notice Override default ERC-1155 setApprovalForAll to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange * @param operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators * @param approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval */ function setApprovalForAll( address operator, bool approved ) public override { super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved); } function _beforeTokenTransfer( address operator, address from, address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory amounts, bytes memory data ) internal override whenNotPaused { super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity 0.8.18; import {ERC721Enumerable, ERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol"; import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol"; import {Counters} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol"; /** * @title Basic Enumerable ERC721 Contract * @author Ben Yu * @notice An ERC721Enumerable contract with basic functionality */ contract EnumerableERC721 is ERC721Enumerable, Ownable { using Counters for Counters.Counter; Counters.Counter private supplyCounter; uint256 public constant PRICE = 0.01 ether; uint256 public constant MAX_SUPPLY = 1000; string public baseTokenURI = "ipfs://bafybeih5lgrstt7kredzhpcvmft2qefue5pl3ykrdktadw5w62zd7cbkja/"; bool public publicSaleActive; /** * @notice Initialize the contract */ constructor() ERC721("Test Contract", "TEST") { // Start token IDs at 1 supplyCounter.increment(); } /** * @notice Override the default base URI function to provide a real base URI */ function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) { return baseTokenURI; } /** * @notice Update the base token URI * @param _newBaseURI New base URI */ function setBaseURI(string calldata _newBaseURI) external onlyOwner { baseTokenURI = _newBaseURI; } /** * @notice Allows for public minting of tokens * @param _mintNumber Number of tokens to mint */ function publicMint(uint256 _mintNumber) external payable virtual { require(msg.value == PRICE * _mintNumber, "INVALID_PRICE"); require((totalSupply() + _mintNumber) <= MAX_SUPPLY, "MINT_TOO_LARGE"); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber; i++) { _safeMint(msg.sender, supplyCounter.current()); supplyCounter.increment(); } } /** * @notice Allow owner to send `mintNumber` tokens without cost to multiple addresses * @param _receivers Array of addresses to send tokens to * @param _mintNumber Number of tokens to send to each address */ function gift( address[] calldata _receivers, uint256 _mintNumber ) external onlyOwner { require( (totalSupply() + (_receivers.length * _mintNumber)) <= MAX_SUPPLY, "MINT_TOO_LARGE" ); for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) { for (uint256 j = 0; j < _mintNumber; j++) { _safeMint(_receivers[i], supplyCounter.current()); supplyCounter.increment(); } } } /** * @notice Allow contract owner to withdraw funds */ function withdraw() external onlyOwner { payable(owner()).transfer(address(this).balance); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect. * * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}. * * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity. */ import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol'; abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable { using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout; /** * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice. */ modifier initializerERC721A() { // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the // contract may have been reentered. require( ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing ? _isConstructor() : !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized, 'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized' ); bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing; if (isTopLevelCall) { ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true; ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true; } _; if (isTopLevelCall) { ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false; } } /** * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly. */ modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() { require( ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing, 'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing' ); _; } /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) { // extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and // address returns the current address. Since the code is still not // deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will // yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is // under construction or not. address self = address(this); uint256 cs; assembly { cs := extcodesize(self) } return cs == 0; } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.0; /** * @dev This is a base storage for the initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts **/ library ERC721A__InitializableStorage { struct Layout { /* * Indicates that the contract has been initialized. */ bool _initialized; /* * Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized. */ bool _initializing; } bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet'); function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) { bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT; assembly { l.slot := slot } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.0; library ERC721AStorage { // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364). struct TokenApprovalRef { address value; } struct Layout { // ============================================================= // STORAGE // ============================================================= // The next token ID to be minted. uint256 _currentIndex; // The number of tokens burned. uint256 _burnCounter; // Token name string _name; // Token symbol string _symbol; // Mapping from token ID to ownership details // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details. // // Bits Layout: // - [0..159] `addr` // - [160..223] `startTimestamp` // - [224] `burned` // - [225] `nextInitialized` // - [232..255] `extraData` mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships; // Mapping owner address to address data. // // Bits Layout: // - [0..63] `balance` // - [64..127] `numberMinted` // - [128..191] `numberBurned` // - [192..255] `aux` mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData; // Mapping from token ID to approved address. mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals; // Mapping from owner to operator approvals mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals; } bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A'); function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) { bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT; assembly { l.slot := slot } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3 // Creator: Chiru Labs pragma solidity ^0.8.4; import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol'; import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol'; import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol'; /** * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver. */ interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable { function onERC721Received( address operator, address from, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data ) external returns (bytes4); } /** * @title ERC721A * * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721) * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension. * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints. * * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...) * starting from `_startTokenId()`. * * Assumptions: * * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply. * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256). */ contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable { using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout; // ============================================================= // CONSTANTS // ============================================================= // Mask of an entry in packed address data. uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1; // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data. uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64; // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data. uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128; // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data. uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192; // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`. uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1; // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership. uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160; // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership. uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224; // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership. uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225; // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership. uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225; // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership. uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232; // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`. uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1; // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses. uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1; // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}. // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries. // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309} // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic. uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000; // The `Transfer` event signature is given by: // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`. bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE = 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef; // ============================================================= // CONSTRUCTOR // ============================================================= function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A { __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_); } function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A { ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_; ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_; ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId(); } // ============================================================= // TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Returns the starting token ID. * To change the starting token ID, please override this function. */ function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) { return 0; } /** * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted. */ function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) { return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex; } /** * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence. * Burned tokens will reduce the count. * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}. */ function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) { // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times. unchecked { return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId(); } } /** * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract. */ function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) { // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement, // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`. unchecked { return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId(); } } /** * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned. */ function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) { return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter; } // ============================================================= // ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account. */ function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) { if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress(); return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY; } /** * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`. */ function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) { return (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY; } /** * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`. */ function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) { return (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY; } /** * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used). */ function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) { return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX); } /** * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used). * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64. */ function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual { uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner]; uint256 auxCasted; // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking. assembly { auxCasted := aux } packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX); ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed; } // ============================================================= // IERC165 // ============================================================= /** * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified) * to learn more about how these ids are created. * * This function call must use less than 30000 gas. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) { // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface. // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165) // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`) return interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165. interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721. interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata. } // ============================================================= // IERC721Metadata // ============================================================= /** * @dev Returns the token collection name. */ function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) { return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name; } /** * @dev Returns the token collection symbol. */ function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) { return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol; } /** * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token. */ function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) { if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken(); string memory baseURI = _baseURI(); return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : ''; } /** * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts. */ function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) { return ''; } // ============================================================= // OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. */ function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) { return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId))); } /** * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size. * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time. */ function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) { return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)); } /** * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`. */ function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) { return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]); } /** * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes. */ function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual { if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) { ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index); } } /** * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`. */ function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) { if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) { packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId]; // If not burned. if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) { // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan. if (packed == 0) { if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken(); // Invariant: // There will always be an initialized ownership slot // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`) // before an unintialized ownership slot // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`) // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow. // // We can directly compare the packed value. // If the address is zero, packed will be zero. for (;;) { unchecked { packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId]; } if (packed == 0) continue; return packed; } } // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan. // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition. // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens. return packed; } } revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken(); } /** * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`. */ function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) { ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed)); ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP); ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0; ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA); } /** * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256. */ function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) { assembly { // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean. owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS) // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`. result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags)) } } /** * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1. */ function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) { // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag. assembly { // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`. result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1)) } } // ============================================================= // APPROVAL OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}. * * Requirements: * * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator. */ function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override { _approve(to, tokenId, true); } /** * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. */ function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) { if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken(); return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value; } /** * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller. * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} * for any token owned by the caller. * * Requirements: * * - The `operator` cannot be the caller. * * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event. */ function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override { ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved; emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved); } /** * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`. * * See {setApprovalForAll}. */ function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) { return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator]; } /** * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists. * * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}. * * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}. */ function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) { return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds, ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned. } /** * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`. */ function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner( address approvedAddress, address owner, address msgSender ) private pure returns (bool result) { assembly { // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean. owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS) // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean. msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS) // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`. result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress)) } } /** * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`. */ function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) { ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId]; // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`. assembly { approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot) } } // ============================================================= // TRANSFER OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`. * * Requirements: * * - `from` cannot be the zero address. * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`. * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function transferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) public payable virtual override { uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId); if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner(); (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId); // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition. if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A())) if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved(); if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress(); _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1); // Clear approvals from the previous owner. assembly { if approvedAddress { // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`. sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0) } } // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow. // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256. unchecked { // We can directly increment and decrement the balances. --ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`. ++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`. // Updates: // - `address` to the next owner. // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering. // - `burned` to `false`. // - `nextInitialized` to `true`. ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData( to, _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked) ); // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) . if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) { uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1; // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero). if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) { // If the next slot is within bounds. if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) { // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`. ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked; } } } } emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId); _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1); } /** * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) public payable virtual override { safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, ''); } /** * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`. * * Requirements: * * - `from` cannot be the zero address. * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`. * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data ) public payable virtual override { transferFrom(from, to, tokenId); if (to.code.length != 0) if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) { revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer(); } } /** * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs * are about to be transferred. This includes minting. * And also called before burning one token. * * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred. * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred. * * Calling conditions: * * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be * transferred to `to`. * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`. * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`. * - `from` and `to` are never both zero. */ function _beforeTokenTransfers( address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity ) internal virtual {} /** * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs * have been transferred. This includes minting. * And also called after one token has been burned. * * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred. * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred. * * Calling conditions: * * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been * transferred to `to`. * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`. * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`. * - `from` and `to` are never both zero. */ function _afterTokenTransfers( address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity ) internal virtual {} /** * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract. * * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID. * `to` - Target address that will receive the token. * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred. * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call. * * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value. */ function _checkContractOnERC721Received( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data ) private returns (bool) { try ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) { return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector; } catch (bytes memory reason) { if (reason.length == 0) { revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer(); } else { assembly { revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason)) } } } } // ============================================================= // MINT OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`. * * Requirements: * * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `quantity` must be greater than 0. * * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint. */ function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual { uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex; if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity(); _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity); // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic. // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64. // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256. unchecked { // Updates: // - `balance += quantity`. // - `numberMinted += quantity`. // // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`. ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1); // Updates: // - `address` to the owner. // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting. // - `burned` to `false`. // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`. ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData( to, _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0) ); uint256 toMasked; uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity; // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings. // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling. // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes. assembly { // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean. toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS) // Emit the `Transfer` event. log4( 0, // Start of data (0, since no data). 0, // End of data (0, since no data). _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature. 0, // `address(0)`. toMasked, // `to`. startTokenId // `tokenId`. ) // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity` // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas. // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance. for { let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1) } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) { tokenId := add(tokenId, 1) } { // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above. log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId) } } if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress(); ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end; } _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity); } /** * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`. * * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation. * * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309), * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s). * * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard. * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309 * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation. * * Requirements: * * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `quantity` must be greater than 0. * * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event. */ function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual { uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex; if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress(); if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity(); if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit(); _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity); // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit. unchecked { // Updates: // - `balance += quantity`. // - `numberMinted += quantity`. // // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`. ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1); // Updates: // - `address` to the owner. // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting. // - `burned` to `false`. // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`. ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData( to, _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0) ); emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to); ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity; } _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity); } /** * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`. * * Requirements: * * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer. * - `quantity` must be greater than 0. * * See {_mint}. * * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint. */ function _safeMint( address to, uint256 quantity, bytes memory _data ) internal virtual { _mint(to, quantity); unchecked { if (to.code.length != 0) { uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex; uint256 index = end - quantity; do { if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) { revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer(); } } while (index < end); // Reentrancy protection. if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert(); } } } /** * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`. */ function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual { _safeMint(to, quantity, ''); } // ============================================================= // APPROVAL OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`. */ function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual { _approve(to, tokenId, false); } /** * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred. * * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the * zero address clears previous approvals. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. * * Emits an {Approval} event. */ function _approve( address to, uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck ) internal virtual { address owner = ownerOf(tokenId); if (approvalCheck) if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner) if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) { revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved(); } ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to; emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId); } // ============================================================= // BURN OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`. */ function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual { _burn(tokenId, false); } /** * @dev Destroys `tokenId`. * The approval is cleared when the token is burned. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual { uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId); address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)); (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId); if (approvalCheck) { // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition. if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A())) if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved(); } _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1); // Clear approvals from the previous owner. assembly { if approvedAddress { // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`. sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0) } } // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow. // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256. unchecked { // Updates: // - `balance -= 1`. // - `numberBurned += 1`. // // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned. // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`. ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1; // Updates: // - `address` to the last owner. // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning. // - `burned` to `true`. // - `nextInitialized` to `true`. ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData( from, (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked) ); // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) . if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) { uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1; // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero). if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) { // If the next slot is within bounds. if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) { // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`. ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked; } } } } emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId); _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1); // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times. unchecked { ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++; } } // ============================================================= // EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`. */ function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual { uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]; if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData(); uint256 extraDataCasted; // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking. assembly { extraDataCasted := extraData } packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA); ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed; } /** * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field. * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract. * * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer. * * Calling conditions: * * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be * transferred to `to`. * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`. * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`. * - `from` and `to` are never both zero. */ function _extraData( address from, address to, uint24 previousExtraData ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {} /** * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data. * The returned result is shifted into position. */ function _nextExtraData( address from, address to, uint256 prevOwnershipPacked ) private view returns (uint256) { uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA); return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA; } // ============================================================= // OTHER OPERATIONS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`). * * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function. */ function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) { return msg.sender; } /** * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation. */ function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) { assembly { // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned. // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length, // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0. let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0) // Update the free memory pointer to allocate. mstore(0x40, m) // Assign the `str` to the end. str := sub(m, 0x20) // Zeroize the slot after the string. mstore(str, 0) // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later. let end := str // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit. // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case. // prettier-ignore for { let temp := value } 1 {} { str := sub(str, 1) // Write the character to the pointer. // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48. mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10))) // Keep dividing `temp` until zero. temp := div(temp, 10) // prettier-ignore if iszero(temp) { break } } let length := sub(end, str) // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length. str := sub(str, 0x20) // Store the length. mstore(str, length) } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.0; import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from './ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol'; library ERC4907AStorage { struct Layout { // Mapping from token ID to user info. // // Bits Layout: // - [0..159] `user` // - [160..223] `expires` mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedUserInfo; } bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC4907A'); function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) { bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT; assembly { l.slot := slot } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3 // Creator: Chiru Labs pragma solidity ^0.8.4; import './IERC4907AUpgradeable.sol'; import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol'; import {ERC4907AStorage} from './ERC4907AStorage.sol'; import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol'; /** * @title ERC4907A * * @dev [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907) compliant * extension of ERC721A, which allows owners and authorized addresses * to add a time-limited role with restricted permissions to ERC721 tokens. */ abstract contract ERC4907AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC4907AUpgradeable { using ERC4907AStorage for ERC4907AStorage.Layout; function __ERC4907A_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A { __ERC4907A_init_unchained(); } function __ERC4907A_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {} // The bit position of `expires` in packed user info. uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXPIRES = 160; /** * @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`. * The zero address indicates there is no user. * * Requirements: * * - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator. */ function setUser( uint256 tokenId, address user, uint64 expires ) public virtual override { // Require the caller to be either the token owner or an approved operator. address owner = ownerOf(tokenId); if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner) if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) if (getApproved(tokenId) != _msgSenderERC721A()) revert SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved(); ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] = (uint256(expires) << _BITPOS_EXPIRES) | uint256(uint160(user)); emit UpdateUser(tokenId, user, expires); } /** * @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`. * The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired. */ function userOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) { uint256 packed = ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId]; assembly { // Branchless `packed *= (block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0)`. // If the `block.timestamp == expires`, the `lt` clause will be true // if there is a non-zero user address in the lower 160 bits of `packed`. packed := mul( packed, // `block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0`. lt(shl(_BITPOS_EXPIRES, timestamp()), packed) ) } return address(uint160(packed)); } /** * @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`. */ function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (uint256) { return ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] >> _BITPOS_EXPIRES; } /** * @dev Override of {IERC165-supportsInterface}. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable) returns (bool) { // The interface ID for ERC4907 is `0xad092b5c`, // as defined in [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907). return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || interfaceId == 0xad092b5c; } /** * @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`, ignoring the expiry status. */ function _explicitUserOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) { return address(uint160(ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId])); } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3 // Creator: Chiru Labs pragma solidity ^0.8.4; import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol'; import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol'; import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol'; /** * @title ERC721AQueryable. * * @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions. */ abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable { function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A { __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained(); } function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {} /** * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting. * * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds: * * - `addr = address(0)` * - `startTimestamp = 0` * - `burned = false` * - `extraData = 0` * * If the `tokenId` is burned: * * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>` * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>` * - `burned = true` * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>` * * Otherwise: * * - `addr = <Address of owner>` * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>` * - `burned = false` * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>` */ function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) { TokenOwnership memory ownership; if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) { return ownership; } ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId); if (ownership.burned) { return ownership; } return _ownershipOf(tokenId); } /** * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order. * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf} */ function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership[] memory) { unchecked { uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length; TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength); for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) { ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]); } return ownerships; } } /** * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`, * in the range [`start`, `stop`) * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`). * * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}. * * Requirements: * * - `start < stop` */ function tokensOfOwnerIn( address owner, uint256 start, uint256 stop ) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) { unchecked { if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange(); uint256 tokenIdsIdx; uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId(); // Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`. if (start < _startTokenId()) { start = _startTokenId(); } // Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`. if (stop > stopLimit) { stop = stopLimit; } uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner); // Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`, // to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big. if (start < stop) { uint256 rangeLength = stop - start; if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) { tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength; } } else { tokenIdsMaxLength = 0; } uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength); if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) { return tokenIds; } // We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`, // because the slot at `start` may not be initialized. TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start); address currOwnershipAddr; // If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`. // `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range. if (!ownership.burned) { currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr; } for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) { ownership = _ownershipAt(i); if (ownership.burned) { continue; } if (ownership.addr != address(0)) { currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr; } if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) { tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i; } } // Downsize the array to fit. assembly { mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx) } return tokenIds; } } /** * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`. * * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity. * It is meant to be called off-chain. * * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine). */ function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) { unchecked { uint256 tokenIdsIdx; address currOwnershipAddr; uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner); uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength); TokenOwnership memory ownership; for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) { ownership = _ownershipAt(i); if (ownership.burned) { continue; } if (ownership.addr != address(0)) { currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr; } if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) { tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i; } } return tokenIds; } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3 // Creator: Chiru Labs pragma solidity ^0.8.4; import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol'; /** * @dev Interface of ERC4907A. */ interface IERC4907AUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable { /** * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator. */ error SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved(); /** * @dev Emitted when the `user` of an NFT or the `expires` of the `user` is changed. * The zero address for user indicates that there is no user address. */ event UpdateUser(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed user, uint64 expires); /** * @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`. * The zero address indicates there is no user. * * Requirements: * * - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator. */ function setUser( uint256 tokenId, address user, uint64 expires ) external; /** * @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`. * The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired. */ function userOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address); /** * @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`. */ function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3 // Creator: Chiru Labs pragma solidity ^0.8.4; import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol'; /** * @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable. */ interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable { /** * Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`). */ error InvalidQueryRange(); /** * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting. * * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds: * * - `addr = address(0)` * - `startTimestamp = 0` * - `burned = false` * - `extraData = 0` * * If the `tokenId` is burned: * * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>` * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>` * - `burned = true` * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>` * * Otherwise: * * - `addr = <Address of owner>` * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>` * - `burned = false` * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>` */ function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory); /** * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order. * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf} */ function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory); /** * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`, * in the range [`start`, `stop`) * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`). * * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}. * * Requirements: * * - `start < stop` */ function tokensOfOwnerIn( address owner, uint256 start, uint256 stop ) external view returns (uint256[] memory); /** * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`. * * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity. * It is meant to be called off-chain. * * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine). */ function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT // ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3 // Creator: Chiru Labs pragma solidity ^0.8.4; /** * @dev Interface of ERC721A. */ interface IERC721AUpgradeable { /** * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator. */ error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved(); /** * The token does not exist. */ error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken(); /** * Cannot query the balance for the zero address. */ error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress(); /** * Cannot mint to the zero address. */ error MintToZeroAddress(); /** * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero. */ error MintZeroQuantity(); /** * The token does not exist. */ error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken(); /** * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator. */ error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved(); /** * The token must be owned by `from`. */ error TransferFromIncorrectOwner(); /** * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the * ERC721Receiver interface. */ error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer(); /** * Cannot transfer to the zero address. */ error TransferToZeroAddress(); /** * The token does not exist. */ error URIQueryForNonexistentToken(); /** * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit. */ error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit(); /** * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot. */ error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData(); // ============================================================= // STRUCTS // ============================================================= struct TokenOwnership { // The address of the owner. address addr; // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics. uint64 startTimestamp; // Whether the token has been burned. bool burned; // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}. uint24 extraData; } // ============================================================= // TOKEN COUNTERS // ============================================================= /** * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence. * Burned tokens will reduce the count. * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}. */ function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256); // ============================================================= // IERC165 // ============================================================= /** * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified) * to learn more about how these ids are created. * * This function call must use less than 30000 gas. */ function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool); // ============================================================= // IERC721 // ============================================================= /** * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`. */ event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId); /** * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token. */ event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId); /** * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets. */ event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved); /** * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account. */ function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance); /** * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. */ function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner); /** * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol * to prevent tokens from being forever locked. * * Requirements: * * - `from` cannot be the zero address. * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`. * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}. * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data ) external payable; /** * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`. */ function safeTransferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) external payable; /** * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`. * * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} * whenever possible. * * Requirements: * * - `from` cannot be the zero address. * - `to` cannot be the zero address. * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`. * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}. * * Emits a {Transfer} event. */ function transferFrom( address from, address to, uint256 tokenId ) external payable; /** * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred. * * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the * zero address clears previous approvals. * * Requirements: * * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator. * - `tokenId` must exist. * * Emits an {Approval} event. */ function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable; /** * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller. * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} * for any token owned by the caller. * * Requirements: * * - The `operator` cannot be the caller. * * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event. */ function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external; /** * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token. * * Requirements: * * - `tokenId` must exist. */ function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator); /** * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`. * * See {setApprovalForAll}. */ function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool); // ============================================================= // IERC721Metadata // ============================================================= /** * @dev Returns the token collection name. */ function name() external view returns (string memory); /** * @dev Returns the token collection symbol. */ function symbol() external view returns (string memory); /** * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token. */ function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory); // ============================================================= // IERC2309 // ============================================================= /** * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId` * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard. * * See {_mintERC2309} for more details. */ event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.13; interface IOperatorFilterRegistry { /** * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns * true if supplied registrant address is not registered. */ function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool); /** * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner. */ function register(address registrant) external; /** * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes. */ function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external; /** * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another * address without subscribing. */ function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external; /** * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner. * Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes. * Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes. */ function unregister(address addr) external; /** * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered. */ function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external; /** * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates. */ function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external; /** * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered. */ function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external; /** * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates. */ function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external; /** * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous * subscription if present. * Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case, * subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be * used. */ function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external; /** * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes. */ function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external; /** * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any. */ function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant); /** * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant. * Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made. */ function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory); /** * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant. * Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made. */ function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address); /** * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr. */ function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external; /** * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription. */ function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool); /** * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription. */ function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool); /** * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription. */ function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool); /** * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription. */ function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory); /** * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription. * Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made. */ function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory); /** * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or * its subscription. * Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made. */ function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address); /** * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or * its subscription. * Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made. */ function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32); /** * @notice Returns true if an address has registered */ function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool); /** * @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract */ function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32); }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.13; import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "../IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol"; import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol"; /** * @title OperatorFiltererUpgradeable * @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another * registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry when the init function is called. * @dev This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following: * - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods. * - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods. */ abstract contract OperatorFiltererUpgradeable is Initializable { /// @notice Emitted when an operator is not allowed. error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator); IOperatorFilterRegistry constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY = IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E); /// @dev The upgradeable initialize function that should be called when the contract is being upgraded. function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) internal onlyInitializing { // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in // order for the modifier to filter addresses. if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) { if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isRegistered(address(this))) { if (subscribe) { OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy); } else { if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) { OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy); } else { OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this)); } } } } } /** * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator is allowed. */ modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual { // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred // from an EOA. if (from != msg.sender) { _checkFilterOperator(msg.sender); } _; } /** * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator approval is allowed. */ modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual { _checkFilterOperator(operator); _; } /** * @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed. */ function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual { // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry. if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) { // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or // upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave // differently if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) { revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator); } } } }
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT pragma solidity ^0.8.13; import {OperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "./OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol"; /** * @title Upgradeable storage layout for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable. * @notice Upgradeable contracts must use a storage layout that can be used across upgrades. * Only append new variables to the end of the layout. */ library RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage { struct Layout { /// @dev Whether the OperatorFilterRegistry has been revoked. bool _isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked; } /// @dev The storage slot for the layout. bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256("RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.contracts.storage"); /// @dev The layout of the storage. function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) { bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT; assembly { l.slot := slot } } } /** * @title RevokableOperatorFilterer * @notice This contract is meant to allow contracts to permanently opt out of the OperatorFilterRegistry. The Registry * itself has an "unregister" function, but if the contract is ownable, the owner can re-register at any point. * As implemented, this abstract contract allows the contract owner to toggle the * isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag in order to permanently bypass the OperatorFilterRegistry checks. */ abstract contract RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable is OperatorFiltererUpgradeable { using RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.Layout; error OnlyOwner(); error AlreadyRevoked(); event OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked(); function __RevokableOperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) internal { OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.__OperatorFilterer_init(subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, subscribe); } /** * @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed. */ function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual override { // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry. if ( !RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked && address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0 ) { // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or // upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave // differently if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) { revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator); } } } /** * @notice Disable the isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag. OnlyOwner. */ function revokeOperatorFilterRegistry() external { if (msg.sender != owner()) { revert OnlyOwner(); } if (RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked) { revert AlreadyRevoked(); } RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked = true; emit OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked(); } function isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked() public view returns (bool) { return RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked; } /** * @dev assume the contract has an owner, but leave specific Ownable implementation up to inheriting contract */ function owner() public view virtual returns (address); }
{ "optimizer": { "enabled": true, "runs": 1000 }, "outputSelection": { "*": { "*": [ "evm.bytecode", "evm.deployedBytecode", "devdoc", "userdoc", "metadata", "abi" ] } } }
Contract Security Audit
- No Contract Security Audit Submitted- Submit Audit Here
[{"inputs":[{"internalType":"string","name":"_name","type":"string"},{"internalType":"string","name":"_symbol","type":"string"},{"internalType":"address","name":"_addressRelay","type":"address"},{"internalType":"address","name":"_implementation","type":"address"},{"components":[{"internalType":"bool","name":"publicSaleActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"usePublicSaleTimes","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"presaleActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"usePresaleTimes","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"soulbindingActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"randomHashActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"enforceRoyalties","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"heyMintFeeActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"uint8","name":"publicMintsAllowedPerAddress","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint8","name":"presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint8","name":"publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint8","name":"presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint16","name":"maxSupply","type":"uint16"},{"internalType":"uint16","name":"presaleMaxSupply","type":"uint16"},{"internalType":"uint16","name":"royaltyBps","type":"uint16"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"publicPrice","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"presalePrice","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint24","name":"projectId","type":"uint24"},{"internalType":"string","name":"uriBase","type":"string"},{"internalType":"address","name":"presaleSignerAddress","type":"address"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"publicSaleStartTime","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"publicSaleEndTime","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"presaleStartTime","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"presaleEndTime","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"fundingEndsAt","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"fundingTarget","type":"uint32"}],"internalType":"struct BaseConfig","name":"_baseConfig","type":"tuple"}],"stateMutability":"nonpayable","type":"constructor"},{"stateMutability":"payable","type":"fallback"},{"stateMutability":"payable","type":"receive"}]
Contract Creation Code
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
Deployed Bytecode
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
Constructor Arguments (ABI-Encoded and is the last bytes of the Contract Creation Code above)
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000a000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000e00000000000000000000000002bf64b3eded9dda6a83068fbc4e6ba91028a6917000000000000000000000000c1e97d3fc2810577289ee35e895a4f0e594817000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000120000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c506978656c205269646572730000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000770786c726472730000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002c000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000115c000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000006400000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001f400000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002b2000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000012c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000030ef00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003400000000000000000000000006890560267480fcebedec0ffb5d54dbbfd965950000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000064bfc7500000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000064c26a50000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000043697066733a2f2f62616679626569616262746b78663463733375373463757377346777796a646e333771723462337832326b696e34326b336a68737732346a6675612f0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
-----Decoded View---------------
Arg [0] : _name (string): Pixel Riders
Arg [1] : _symbol (string): pxlrdrs
Arg [2] : _addressRelay (address): 0x2bf64b3eDeD9DDa6A83068fbC4e6ba91028a6917
Arg [3] : _implementation (address): 0xC1e97d3FC2810577289EE35E895a4f0E59481700
Arg [4] : _baseConfig (tuple): System.Collections.Generic.List`1[Nethereum.ABI.FunctionEncoding.ParameterOutput]
-----Encoded View---------------
39 Constructor Arguments found :
Arg [0] : 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000a0
Arg [1] : 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000e0
Arg [2] : 0000000000000000000000002bf64b3eded9dda6a83068fbc4e6ba91028a6917
Arg [3] : 000000000000000000000000c1e97d3fc2810577289ee35e895a4f0e59481700
Arg [4] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000120
Arg [5] : 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c
Arg [6] : 506978656c205269646572730000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [7] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000007
Arg [8] : 70786c7264727300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [9] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [10] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [11] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001
Arg [12] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001
Arg [13] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [14] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [15] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001
Arg [16] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001
Arg [17] : 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002c
Arg [18] : 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000a
Arg [19] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [20] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [21] : 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000115c
Arg [22] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000064
Arg [23] : 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001f4
Arg [24] : 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002b2
Arg [25] : 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000012c
Arg [26] : 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000030ef
Arg [27] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000340
Arg [28] : 0000000000000000000000006890560267480fcebedec0ffb5d54dbbfd965950
Arg [29] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [30] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [31] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000064bfc750
Arg [32] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000064c26a50
Arg [33] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [34] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [35] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000043
Arg [36] : 697066733a2f2f62616679626569616262746b78663463733375373463757377
Arg [37] : 346777796a646e333771723462337832326b696e34326b336a68737732346a66
Arg [38] : 75612f0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Loading...
Loading
Loading...
Loading
[ Download: CSV Export ]
[ Download: CSV Export ]
A token is a representation of an on-chain or off-chain asset. The token page shows information such as price, total supply, holders, transfers and social links. Learn more about this page in our Knowledge Base.